{"title":"Adjustable Gate Hinges","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"heavy-duty-3d-hinge-for-gates","title":"Concealed 3D Adjustable Gate Hinge for Square Tube Profiles, Ball Bearing, 160kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavy-duty concealed hinge for modern gates and doors made from square or rectangular tube.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ball-bearing hinge body sits in the gap between post and gate, while its slotted leg plates fix inside the post profile and a compact bracket fixes to the gate profile, so almost nothing shows from the outside. It adjusts in three directions after hanging, opens to about 105 degrees and carries gates and doors up to 160kg. Fixing is with M8 screws, counter plates and rivet nuts, with no welding. The price is for one hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/concealed-3d-adjustable-gate-hinge-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the concealed 3D adjustable gate hinge: 153mm overall, 45 x 28mm slotted leg plates, 50 x 35mm body 30mm deep, 50 x 25mm gate bracket\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean, modern look.\u003c\/strong\u003e The hinge hides in the joint between post and gate, so contemporary slatted and panel gates keep their clean lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjusts three ways.\u003c\/strong\u003e Set the gate up or down, in or out and side to side after hanging to get even gaps and a gate that closes sweetly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStrong ball-bearing pivot.\u003c\/strong\u003e Rated for gates and doors up to 160kg and suitable for security and fire doors as well as gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e M8 screws into rivet nuts and counter plates fix it into the tube profiles, keeping powder-coated finishes intact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModern aluminium and steel slatted gates, pedestrian and side gates in tube frames, security and fire doors in box-section frames, plant room and bin store doors, and anywhere a visible hinge would spoil the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge with fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHinge body with leg plates, gate bracket, counter plates, rivet nuts and M8 screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e153mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHinge body\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm high, 35mm wide, 30mm deep, ball bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLeg plates\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 x 28mm, slotted 12 x 8mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 x 25mm, 4mm steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 105 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree directions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLoad\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates and doors up to 160kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack body, zinc-plated plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.56 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA hinge hidden in the gap between tube post and gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA neat bolt-on hinge that opens 180 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-compact-surface-mounted-hinge\"\u003eCompact 180 degree surface-mounted hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA hinge that closes the gate by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-180-spring-hinge\"\u003e180 degree self-closing spring hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA weld-on 4-way adjustable hinge for steel gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-adjustment-hinge-eyebolt-m16-110mm\"\u003e4-way adjustable hinge, M16\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two or three hinges per gate or door depending on its height and weight. Mark the positions on the post and gate profiles, drill and set the rivet nuts, and fix the leg plates inside the post profile with the M8 screws and counter plates. Fix the brackets to the gate profile, hang the gate on the hinge bodies, then use the three adjusters to set the height, the gap and the side-to-side position before tightening everything.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the screws are tight each spring. The ball bearings need no routine greasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one hinge with its fixings. Most gates need two, taller or heavier ones three.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It fixes with M8 screws, rivet nuts and counter plates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow far does it open?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbout 105 degrees.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for square and rectangular tube profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57988059169155,"sku":"SSHF-479811-01","price":72.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/concealed-3d-adjustable-gate-hinge-on-slatted-gate.jpg?v=1794055072"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-adjustment-hinge-eyebolt-m16-110mm","title":"4-Way Adjustable Gate Hinge with M16 Eyebolt, Weld-On, Zinc Plated, 300kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 4-way adjustable gate hinge with an M16 eyebolt, rated for gates up to 300kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e A U-shaped grip welds to the post and holds the eye of a zinc-plated M16 eyebolt. The bolt passes through a slotted ear plate that screws to a groove plate welded on the gate. After hanging you can move the gate in and out, sideways along a 40mm slot, and up or down, and the same hinge works on left or right hand gates. The price is for one hinge, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/four-way-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-300kg-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 4-way adjustable gate hinge: M16 eyebolt 120mm from pivot to bolt end, 35mm grip, 112 x 50mm slotted ear plate, 68mm groove plate\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjusts four ways.\u003c\/strong\u003e In and out on the eyebolt nuts, sideways along the slot in the ear plate, up and down in the groove plate, and left or right hand. Set the gate perfectly after hanging and correct it later if the post moves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 300kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e The M16 eyebolt and 35mm grip carry pedestrian, side and single driveway gates up to 300kg on two hinges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo left or right hand to stock.\u003c\/strong\u003e One hinge suits both hands of gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian, garden and side gates, school and playground gates, and mesh panel gates in box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU-shaped grip, M16 eyebolt with hex head, nuts and washers, slotted ear plate, groove plate and clamp plate, screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEyebolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16, zinc plated, 120mm from pivot to bolt end, 87mm to the ear plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrip\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm wide, 35mm high, 30mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEar plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e112mm long, 50mm high, 40mm slot, zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGroove plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e68mm high, 38mm wide, for gate stiles 40mm and over\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft or right hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.13 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 4-way hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 300kg, M16 eyebolt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 200kg, M16 eyebolt, 180 degree opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-4-way-adjustment-hinge-eyebolt-m16\"\u003e4-way adjustable hinge, M16, 180 degree\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy gates up to 400kg, M20 eyebolt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge-with-m20-eyebolt\"\u003e4-way adjustable hinge, M20\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo welding at all, sold as a pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge-pair\"\u003eBolt-on 180 degree adjustable hinges, pair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA gate that closes itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-180-degree-self-closing-gate-hinge\"\u003e180 degree self-closing hinge and closer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf. Weld the grips to the post and the groove plates to the gate stile, one pair near the top and one near the bottom. Fit the eyebolts in the grips, pass them through the slotted ear plates with a nut and washer either side, and screw the ear plates to the groove plates. Stand the gate on packers, set the height in the groove plates, the sideways position in the slots and the gap with the nuts, then tighten everything. Grind the plating off where you weld and paint the welds afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the eye and check the nuts and screws each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge or a pack?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne complete hinge. The minimum order is 6; most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. The same hinge suits both.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the grip welds to the post and the groove plate welds to the gate. For a no-weld fixing choose the bolt-on hinge pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57942492447107,"sku":"SSHF-488259-01","price":19.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/four-way-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-300kg-on-mesh-gate.jpg?v=1794054419"},{"product_id":"adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-x-188mm","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M20 x 135mm Thread, Through-Bolt with Weld-On U Bracket, 500kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA long-thread adjustable gate hinge with a one-piece weld-on U bracket, for gates on thick posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e An M20 eye bolt with 135mm of thread goes right through the gate post and is locked by two hex nuts, while its eye is pinned inside a U bracket that welds to the gate in one piece. The long thread reaches through posts up to about 100mm and still leaves plenty to move the gate in or out and level it after hanging. Rated for gates up to 500kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-135mm-thread-u-bracket-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M20 adjustable gate hinge with 135mm thread and a U bracket 41mm deep, 40mm high, 30mm eye\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReaches through big posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e 135mm of thread passes through 80mm and 100mm box-section posts with thread to spare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlenty of adjustment.\u003c\/strong\u003e Move the nuts along the thread to set the gap, then lock them. Ideal where a post is out of line or a heavy gate has dropped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne-piece U bracket.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bracket comes ready to weld as a single piece, so there are no loose plates to line up on the gate stile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 500kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry driveway gates, yard gates and heavy farm gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy gates on large or thick-wall steel posts, timber posts drilled right through, re-hanging gates where the post has moved, and farm and yard gates that need a long reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 eye bolt, two hex nuts, weld-on U bracket, pin and screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, 135mm of thread, 30mm eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNuts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 9mm thick, 29mm across the flats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne piece, 41mm deep, 40mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22mm, right through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.62 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU bracket, gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-x-185mm\"\u003eM16 x 135mm, U bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU bracket, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-x-188mm\"\u003eM18 x 135mm, U bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU bracket, gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M20 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 long thread with two separate weld-on plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-x-135mm\"\u003eM20 x 135mm, weld-on plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread for gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-x-135mm\"\u003eM24 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill a 22mm hole right through the post at each hinge height, in a vertical line. Run one nut onto each bolt, pass it through the post and fit the second nut on the far side. Pin each U bracket onto its bolt eye, stand the gate on packers, and weld the brackets to the gate stile, grinding off the zinc first and keeping heat away from the pin. Take the packers out, move the nuts until the gate hangs level, then tighten both nuts hard against the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin once a year and check the nuts each spring. Cut off and paint any thread end sticking out into a walkway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow thick a post will it go through?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to about 100mm, leaving room for the nuts and some adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the U bracket welds to the gate. The bolt goes through the post with no welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 500kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 500kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"industrialsuppliesco.co.uk","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57103096054147,"sku":"SSHF-428675-01","price":31.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-135mm-thread-u-bracket-on-driveway-gate.jpg?v=1794057223"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-x-135mm","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M24 x 135mm Thread, Through-Bolt with Weld-On Plates, 700kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe heaviest long-thread adjustable gate hinge, for big gates on thick posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A thick M24 eye bolt with 135mm of thread goes right through the gate post and is locked by two hex nuts, while two small plates weld to the gate above and below its eye and a pin joins them. The long thread reaches through posts up to about 100mm and still leaves plenty to move the gate in or out and level it after hanging. Rated for gates up to 700kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-135mm-thread-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M24 adjustable gate hinge with 135mm thread and weld-on plates 45mm deep, 36mm apart, 38mm eye\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReaches through big posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e 135mm of thread passes through 80mm and 100mm box-section posts with thread to spare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlenty of adjustment.\u003c\/strong\u003e Move the nuts along the thread to set the gap, then lock them. Ideal where a post is out of line or a heavy gate has dropped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeld-on plates you place yourself.\u003c\/strong\u003e The two plates are loose, so you can set them exactly where your gate stile needs them before welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 700kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e The M24 bolt and 6mm plates carry heavy driveway, estate and industrial gates on two hinges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy gates on large or thick-wall steel posts, timber posts drilled right through, re-hanging gates where the post has moved, and farm and yard gates that need a long reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24 eye bolt, two hex nuts, two weld-on plates, pin and screw, two nylon washers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24, 135mm of thread, 38mm eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNuts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 9mm thick, 35mm across the flats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld-on plates\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6mm thick, 45mm deep, set 36mm apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26mm, right through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 700kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.93 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-x-135mm\"\u003eM16 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-x-135mm\"\u003eM18 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-x-135mm\"\u003eM20 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M24 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate on a brick or concrete pier, 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 hinge on 120mm fixing plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSet into concrete with resin, 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-2\"\u003eM24 hinge for concrete\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill a 26mm hole right through the post at each hinge height, in a vertical line. Run one nut onto each bolt, pass it through the post and fit the second nut on the far side. Fit the two plates above and below each eye with the pin and nylon washers, stand the gate on packers, and weld the plates to the gate stile, grinding off the zinc first and keeping heat away from the pin. Take the packers out, move the nuts until the gate hangs level, then tighten both nuts hard against the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin once a year and check the nuts each spring. Cut off and paint any thread end sticking out into a walkway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow thick a post will it go through?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to about 100mm, leaving room for the nuts and some adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the two plates weld to the gate. The bolt goes through the post with no welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 700kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 700kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57885278962051,"sku":"SSHF-592515-01","price":35.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-135mm-thread-on-driveway-gate.jpg?v=1794053434"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-x-135mm","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M16 x 135mm Thread with Weld-On Plates, Through-Bolt, 300kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA long-thread adjustable gate hinge for thick posts and big adjustments.\u003c\/strong\u003e An M16 eye bolt with 135mm of thread goes right through the gate post and is locked by two hex nuts, while two small plates weld to the gate above and below its eye and a pin joins them. The long thread reaches through posts up to about 100mm and still leaves plenty to move the gate in or out and level it after hanging. Rated for gates up to 300kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-135mm-thread-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M16 adjustable gate hinge with 135mm thread and weld-on plates 40mm deep, 26mm apart, 32mm eye\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReaches through big posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e 135mm of thread passes through 80mm and 100mm box-section posts with thread to spare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlenty of adjustment.\u003c\/strong\u003e Move the nuts along the thread to set the gap, then lock them. Ideal where a post is out of line or a gate has dropped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeld-on plates you place yourself.\u003c\/strong\u003e The two plates are loose, so you can set them exactly where your gate stile needs them before welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 300kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry garden gates, side gates and single driveway gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGates on large or thick-wall steel posts, timber posts drilled right through, re-hanging gates where the post has moved, and farm and yard gates that need a long reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16 eye bolt, two hex nuts, two weld-on plates, pin and screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16, 135mm of thread, 32mm eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNuts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 24mm across the flats, 8mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld-on plates\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5mm thick, 40mm deep, set 26mm apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18mm, right through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.42 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M16 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-x-135mm\"\u003eM18 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-x-135mm\"\u003eM20 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-x-135mm\"\u003eM24 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same M16 long thread with a one-piece U bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-x-185mm\"\u003eM16 x 135mm, U bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA bolt-on plate for the gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-2\"\u003eM16 hinge on 115 x 40mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill an 18mm hole right through the post at each hinge height, in a vertical line. Run one nut onto each bolt, pass it through the post and fit the second nut on the far side. Fit the two plates above and below each eye with the pin, stand the gate on packers, and weld the plates to the gate stile, grinding off the zinc first and keeping heat away from the pin. Take the packers out, move the nuts until the gate hangs level, then tighten both nuts hard against the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin once a year and check the nuts each spring. Cut off and paint any thread end sticking out into a walkway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. The minimum order is 6, enough for three gate leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow thick a post will it go through?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to about 100mm, leaving room for the nuts and some adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the two plates weld to the gate. The bolt goes through the post with no welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57882214531459,"sku":"SSHF-658051-01","price":17.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-135mm-thread-on-driveway-gate.jpg?v=1794016431"},{"product_id":"adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-x-135mm","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M20 x 135mm Long Thread, Weld-On Plates, 500kg, Zinc Plated","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA long-thread adjustable gate hinge for heavy gates on thick posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A thick M20 eye bolt with 135mm of thread goes right through the gate post and is locked by two hex nuts, while two small plates weld to the gate above and below its eye and a pin joins them. The long thread reaches through posts up to about 100mm and still leaves plenty to move the gate in or out and level it after hanging. Rated for gates up to 500kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-135mm-thread-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M20 adjustable gate hinge with 135mm thread and weld-on plates 40mm deep, 26mm apart, 33mm eye\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReaches through big posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e 135mm of thread passes through 80mm and 100mm box-section posts with thread to spare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlenty of adjustment.\u003c\/strong\u003e Move the nuts along the thread to set the gap, then lock them. Ideal where a post is out of line or a heavy gate has dropped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeld-on plates you place yourself.\u003c\/strong\u003e The two plates are loose, so you can set them exactly where your gate stile needs them before welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 500kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry driveway gates, yard gates and heavy farm gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy gates on large or thick-wall steel posts, timber posts drilled right through, re-hanging gates where the post has moved, and farm and yard gates that need a long reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 eye bolt, two hex nuts, two weld-on plates, pin and screw, two nylon washers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, 135mm of thread, 33mm eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNuts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 9mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld-on plates\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5mm thick, 40mm deep, set 26mm apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22mm, right through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.61 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-x-135mm\"\u003eM16 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-x-135mm\"\u003eM18 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M20 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-x-135mm\"\u003eM24 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShort M20 bolt with a ready-made bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20\"\u003eM20 hinge, jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 with a nut you weld to the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-1\"\u003eM20 hinge with weld nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill a 22mm hole right through the post at each hinge height, in a vertical line. Run one nut onto each bolt, pass it through the post and fit the second nut on the far side. Fit the two plates above and below each eye with the pin and nylon washers, stand the gate on packers, and weld the plates to the gate stile, grinding off the zinc first and keeping heat away from the pin. Take the packers out, move the nuts until the gate hangs level, then tighten both nuts hard against the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin once a year and check the nuts each spring. Cut off and paint any thread end sticking out into a walkway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow thick a post will it go through?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to about 100mm, leaving room for the nuts and some adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the two plates weld to the gate. The bolt goes through the post with no welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 500kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 500kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57882206110083,"sku":"SSHF-756355-01","price":29.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-135mm-thread-on-farm-gate.jpg?v=1794018591"},{"product_id":"adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-x-188mm","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M18 x 135mm Thread, Through-Bolt with Weld-On U Bracket, 400kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA long-thread adjustable gate hinge with a one-piece weld-on U bracket, for gates on thick posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e An M18 eye bolt with 135mm of thread goes right through the gate post and is locked by two hex nuts, while its eye is pinned inside a U bracket that welds to the gate in one piece. The long thread reaches through posts up to about 100mm and still leaves plenty to move the gate in or out and level it after hanging. Rated for gates up to 400kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-135mm-thread-u-bracket-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M18 adjustable gate hinge with 135mm thread and a U bracket 41mm deep, 40mm high, 30mm eye\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReaches through big posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e 135mm of thread passes through 80mm and 100mm box-section posts with thread to spare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlenty of adjustment.\u003c\/strong\u003e Move the nuts along the thread to set the gap, then lock them. Ideal where a post is out of line or a heavy gate has dropped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne-piece U bracket.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bracket comes ready to weld as a single piece, so there are no loose plates to line up on the gate stile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 400kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry field gates, yard gates and single driveway gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy gates on large or thick-wall steel posts, timber posts drilled right through, re-hanging gates where the post has moved, and farm and yard gates that need a long reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18 eye bolt, two hex nuts, weld-on U bracket, pin and screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18, 135mm of thread, 30mm eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNuts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 8mm thick, 27mm across the flats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne piece, 41mm deep, 40mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm, right through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.52 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU bracket, gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-x-185mm\"\u003eM16 x 135mm, U bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU bracket, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M18 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU bracket, gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-x-188mm\"\u003eM20 x 135mm, U bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18 long thread with two separate weld-on plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-x-135mm\"\u003eM18 x 135mm, weld-on plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread for gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-x-135mm\"\u003eM24 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill a 20mm hole right through the post at each hinge height, in a vertical line. Run one nut onto each bolt, pass it through the post and fit the second nut on the far side. Pin each U bracket onto its bolt eye, stand the gate on packers, and weld the brackets to the gate stile, grinding off the zinc first and keeping heat away from the pin. Take the packers out, move the nuts until the gate hangs level, then tighten both nuts hard against the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin once a year and check the nuts each spring. Cut off and paint any thread end sticking out into a walkway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow thick a post will it go through?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to about 100mm, leaving room for the nuts and some adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the U bracket welds to the gate. The bolt goes through the post with no welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 400kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 400kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"industrialsuppliesco.co.uk","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57103098478979,"sku":"SSHF-854659-01","price":25.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-135mm-thread-u-bracket-on-driveway-gate.jpg?v=1794057195"},{"product_id":"adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-x-135mm","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M18 x 135mm Thread, Through-Bolt with Weld-On Plates, 400kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA long-thread adjustable gate hinge for gates on thick posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e An M18 eye bolt with 135mm of thread goes right through the gate post and is locked by two hex nuts, while two small plates weld to the gate above and below its eye and a pin joins them. The long thread reaches through posts up to about 100mm and still leaves plenty to move the gate in or out and level it after hanging. Rated for gates up to 400kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge, not a pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-135mm-thread-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M18 adjustable gate hinge with 135mm thread and weld-on plates 40mm deep, 26mm apart, 32mm eye\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReaches through big posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e 135mm of thread passes through 80mm and 100mm box-section posts with thread to spare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlenty of adjustment.\u003c\/strong\u003e Move the nuts along the thread to set the gap, then lock them. Ideal where a post is out of line or a heavy gate has dropped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeld-on plates you place yourself.\u003c\/strong\u003e The two plates are loose, so you can set them exactly where your gate stile needs them before welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 400kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry field gates, yard gates and single driveway gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy gates on large or thick-wall steel posts, timber posts drilled right through, re-hanging gates where the post has moved, and farm and yard gates that need a long reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18 eye bolt, two hex nuts, two weld-on plates, pin and screw, two nylon washers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18, 135mm of thread, 32mm eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNuts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 8mm thick, 27mm across the flats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld-on plates\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5mm thick, 40mm deep, set 26mm apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm, right through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.51 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-x-135mm\"\u003eM16 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M18 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-x-135mm\"\u003eM20 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-x-135mm\"\u003eM24 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate on a brick or concrete post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18\"\u003eM18 hinge on 90mm fixing plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill a 20mm hole right through the post at each hinge height, in a vertical line. Run one nut onto each bolt, pass it through the post and fit the second nut on the far side. Fit the two plates above and below each eye with the pin and nylon washers, stand the gate on packers, and weld the plates to the gate stile, grinding off the zinc first and keeping heat away from the pin. Take the packers out, move the nuts until the gate hangs level, then tighten both nuts hard against the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin once a year and check the nuts each spring. Cut off and paint any thread end sticking out into a walkway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge or a pack?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two, so order two per leaf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow thick a post will it go through?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to about 100mm, leaving room for the nuts and some adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the two plates weld to the gate. The bolt goes through the post with no welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 400kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 400kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57882153910659,"sku":"SSHF-444483-01","price":23.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-135mm-thread-on-yard-gate.jpg?v=1794053126"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-x-185mm","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M16 x 135mm Thread, Through-Bolt with Weld-On U Bracket, 300kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA long-thread adjustable gate hinge with a one-piece weld-on U bracket, for gates on thick posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e An M16 eye bolt with 135mm of thread goes right through the gate post and is locked by two hex nuts, while its eye is pinned inside a U bracket that welds to the gate in one piece. The long thread reaches through posts up to about 100mm and still leaves plenty to move the gate in or out and level it after hanging. Rated for gates up to 300kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-135mm-thread-u-bracket-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M16 adjustable gate hinge with 135mm thread and a U bracket 41mm deep, 40mm high, 30mm eye\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReaches through big posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e 135mm of thread passes through 80mm and 100mm box-section posts with thread to spare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlenty of adjustment.\u003c\/strong\u003e Move the nuts along the thread to set the gap, then lock them. Ideal where a post is out of line or a heavy gate has dropped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne-piece U bracket.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bracket comes ready to weld as a single piece, so there are no loose plates to line up on the gate stile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 300kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry side, garden and field gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy gates on large or thick-wall steel posts, timber posts drilled right through, re-hanging gates where the post has moved, and farm and yard gates that need a long reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16 eye bolt, two hex nuts, weld-on U bracket, pin and screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16, 135mm of thread, 30mm eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNuts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 8mm thick, 24mm across the flats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne piece, 41mm deep, 40mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18mm, right through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.45 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU bracket, gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M16 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU bracket, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-x-188mm\"\u003eM18 x 135mm, U bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU bracket, gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-x-188mm\"\u003eM20 x 135mm, U bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16 long thread with two separate weld-on plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-x-135mm\"\u003eM16 x 135mm, weld-on plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread for gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-x-135mm\"\u003eM24 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill an 18mm hole right through the post at each hinge height, in a vertical line. Run one nut onto each bolt, pass it through the post and fit the second nut on the far side. Pin each U bracket onto its bolt eye, stand the gate on packers, and weld the brackets to the gate stile, grinding off the zinc first and keeping heat away from the pin. Take the packers out, move the nuts until the gate hangs level, then tighten both nuts hard against the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin once a year and check the nuts each spring. Cut off and paint any thread end sticking out into a walkway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. The minimum order is 6, enough for three gate leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow thick a post will it go through?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to about 100mm, leaving room for the nuts and some adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the U bracket welds to the gate. The bolt goes through the post with no welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 300kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 300kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"industrialsuppliesco.co.uk","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57103099265411,"sku":"SSHF-902083-01","price":19.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-135mm-thread-u-bracket-on-farm-gate.jpg?v=1794057156"},{"product_id":"adjustable-gate-hinge-m18","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M18 with 90 x 90mm Fixing Plate for Gates to 400kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe mid-weight adjustable gate hinge for brick piers, concrete and timber posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A square 90 x 90mm zinc-plated plate fixes to the post with four bolts, anchors or coach screws, the M18 eye bolt screws through its raised boss and locks with a nut, and the small U bracket on the eye welds to a steel gate. Turn the bolt to set the gap and level the gate after hanging. Rated for gates up to 400kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-90x90-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M18 adjustable gate hinge with 90 x 90 x 4mm fixing plate, four 11mm holes at 68mm centres, 40mm thread and 37mm U bracket\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFixes to almost anything.\u003c\/strong\u003e Four holes at 68mm centres take masonry anchors in brick or concrete, coach screws in timber or bolts through steel. No welding at the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpreads the load.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 90mm square plate spreads the gate's pull across the pier face instead of one hole, so brickwork does not crack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Loosen the lock nut, turn the bolt in or out and lock it again to bring a dropped gate back level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 400kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e A step up from the M16 hinge for heavier side gates and single driveway gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal gates hung on brick piers and walls, gates on concrete posts and pillars, steel gates on timber posts, and replacing old hook-and-band hinges set into brickwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixing plate with threaded boss, M18 eye bolt, lock nut, U bracket, pin and screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 x 90 x 4mm, four 11mm holes at 68mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18, 40mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37mm deep, 36mm high, 30mm eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.57 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate on the post, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M18 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate, gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-1\"\u003eM16 with 80 x 80mm plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate, gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 with 120 x 120mm plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate on the post and a bolt-on plate on the gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16\"\u003eM16 with 80 x 80mm and 115 x 40mm plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolt through a steel post instead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m18\"\u003eM18 hinge, jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSet into concrete with resin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-2\"\u003eM20 hinge for concrete\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Mark the plates on the pier face in a vertical line and fix each with four M10 anchors (brick or concrete), coach screws (timber) or bolts (steel). Screw the eye bolts in and lock the nuts loosely. Pin the U brackets onto the eyes, stand the gate on packers and weld the brackets to the gate stile, grinding off the zinc first and working with good ventilation. Take the packers out, turn the bolts until the gate hangs level, lock the nuts and paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin once a year. On brick piers, check the anchors are still tight after the first winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fix it to a brick pier?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. That is what the square plate is for. Use four M10 masonry anchors, keeping them well away from the pier edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the wall fixings included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose anchors, coach screws or bolts to suit your post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly the U bracket to a steel gate. The plate fixes to the post without welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57882137035139,"sku":"SSHF-950659-01","price":26.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-90x90-plate-on-concrete-post.jpg?v=1794052824"},{"product_id":"adjustable-gate-hinge-m16","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M16, Bolt-On 80 x 80mm Post Plate and 114 x 39mm Gate Plate, 300kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn adjustable gate hinge that bolts on at both ends, with no welding at all.\u003c\/strong\u003e A square 80mm zinc plate fixes to the post or pier with four bolts, and an oval 114 x 39mm back plate fixes to the gate with two. An M16 eye bolt screws through the square plate's threaded boss and is pinned into the bracket on the back plate, so you can turn it to move the gate in or out and lock it with the nut. Rated for gates up to 300kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-two-plates-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M16 adjustable gate hinge: oval back plate 114 x 39mm with 2 holes at 73mm centres, square fixing plate 80mm with 4 holes at 55mm centres, 42mm thread\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both plates bolt or screw on, so it suits timber gates, brick and rendered piers, concrete and timber posts as well as steel, and you can fit it with ordinary tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Turn the eye bolt in its threaded boss to bring the gate in or out and level it, then lock the nut. No re-drilling when the gate drops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpreads the load.\u003c\/strong\u003e Six fixing points across two broad plates hold firmly in softer materials where a single bolt would pull out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 300kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry garden, side and single driveway gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTimber and steel side gates, garden and pedestrian gates, single driveway gates on brick piers or timber posts, and replacing worn strap hinges where welding is not possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval back plate with bracket, M16 eye bolt, pin and socket cap, hex nut, square fixing plate with threaded boss\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval, 114 x 39mm, 2 holes 11mm at 73mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 x 80mm, 4mm thick, 4 holes 11mm at 55mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16, 42mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack plate face to pin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.64 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolt on at both ends, gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M16 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolt on at both ends, heavier gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20\"\u003eM20 hinge, 100mm fixing plate and back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate on the post, weld-on bracket on the gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-1\"\u003eM16 hinge on 80mm fixing plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA nut you weld to a steel post, back plate on the gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16\"\u003eM16 hinge with nut on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolt through the post, back plate on the gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-2\"\u003eM16 hinge with jointed plates on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Fix the square plates to the post in a vertical line with four M10 bolts, anchors or coach screws each, to suit the post. Screw the eye bolts into the plates with the nuts loose. Pin each bolt eye into the bracket on its back plate, stand the gate on packers in position and fix the back plates to the gate stile with two bolts or screws each. Take the packers out, turn the bolts until the gate hangs level with an even gap, then tighten the nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin and thread once a year and check all fixings each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge with both plates. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld anything?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Both plates bolt or screw on. If your gate is steel you can weld the back plate instead if you prefer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat fixings do I need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eSix M10 bolts, anchors or coach screws per hinge, suited to your post and gate. They are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 300kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 300kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges, fixed into sound material.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57882108756355,"sku":"SSHF-016195-01","price":26.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-two-plates-on-garden-gate.jpg?v=1794018969"},{"product_id":"adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-1","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M16 with 80 x 80mm Fixing Plate for Brick, Concrete or Timber, 300kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe adjustable gate hinge for brick piers, concrete and timber posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A square 80 x 80mm zinc-plated plate fixes to the post with four bolts, anchors or coach screws, the M16 eye bolt screws through its raised boss and locks with a nut, and the small U bracket on the eye welds to a steel gate. Turn the bolt to set the gap and level the gate after hanging. Rated for gates up to 300kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-80x80-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M16 adjustable gate hinge with 80 x 80 x 4mm fixing plate, four 11mm holes at 55mm centres, 40mm thread and 37mm U bracket\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFixes to almost anything.\u003c\/strong\u003e Four holes at 55mm centres take masonry anchors in brick or concrete, coach screws in timber or bolts through steel. No welding at the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpreads the load.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 80mm square plate spreads the gate's pull across the pier face instead of one hole, so brickwork does not crack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Loosen the lock nut, turn the bolt in or out and lock it again to bring a dropped gate back level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 300kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry garden gates, side gates and single driveway gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal gates hung on brick piers and walls, gates on concrete posts and pillars, steel gates on timber posts, and replacing old hook-and-band hinges set into brickwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixing plate with threaded boss, M16 eye bolt, lock nut, U bracket, pin and screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 x 80 x 4mm, four 11mm holes at 55mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16, 40mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37mm deep, 36mm high, 30mm eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.48 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate on the post, gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M16 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18\"\u003eM18 with 90 x 90mm plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate, gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 with 120 x 120mm plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate on the post and a bolt-on plate on the gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16\"\u003eM16 with 80 x 80mm and 115 x 40mm plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolt through a steel post instead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-2\"\u003eM16 hinge, jointed plates on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSet into concrete with resin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-2\"\u003eM20 hinge for concrete\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Mark the plates on the pier face in a vertical line and fix each with four M10 anchors (brick or concrete), coach screws (timber) or bolts (steel). Screw the eye bolts in and lock the nuts loosely. Pin the U brackets onto the eyes, stand the gate on packers and weld the brackets to the gate stile, grinding off the zinc first and working with good ventilation. Take the packers out, turn the bolts until the gate hangs level, lock the nuts and paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin once a year. On brick piers, check the anchors are still tight after the first winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fix it to a brick pier?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. That is what the square plate is for. Use four M10 masonry anchors, keeping them well away from the pier edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the wall fixings included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose anchors, coach screws or bolts to suit your post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly the U bracket to a steel gate. The plate fixes to the post without welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57882038010243,"sku":"SSHF-147267-01","price":20.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-80x80-plate-on-brick-pier.jpg?v=1794014898"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-wrap-around-hinge-100-x-100mm","title":"Adjustable Wrap-Around Gate Hinge M20 on 100 x 100mm Bolt-On Plate, 30mm Pin, 500kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavy adjustable wrap-around gate hinge that bolts to the post or wall.\u003c\/strong\u003e A square 100mm zinc plate fixes to the post, pier or wall with four bolts. A thick M20 threaded bar runs through it, locked by a nut each side, and ends in a cast block with a flat steel strap that wraps round a 30mm round hinge pin on the gate. Move the nuts along the bar to bring the gate in or out and level it, and take the gate off by undoing one clamp bolt. Rated for gates up to 500kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m20-100mm-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M20 wrap-around gate hinge: 130mm overall, 65mm thread, strap for a 30mm pin, 100mm square plate with 4 holes at 75mm centres\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding at the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The plate bolts on, so it suits brick and stone piers, concrete posts, timber posts and walls as well as steel posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two nuts on a 65mm thread let you move the gate in or out and level it, now or years later as the gate settles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWrap-around strap.\u003c\/strong\u003e The strap clamps round a 30mm round pin and turns on it, a strong, simple pivot that takes the gate off easily when the clamp bolt is undone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 500kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry driveway gates, yard gates and heavy pedestrian gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel driveway and yard gates hung on brick piers, concrete or steel posts, farm and industrial gates, and gates being re-hung where an older hinge has worn out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBack plate with M20 threaded bar and two nuts, cast block, wrap-around strap, clamp bolt and nuts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 x 100mm, 4mm thick, 4 holes 11mm at 75mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, 65mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130mm, strap to plate face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStrap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor a 30mm round pin (31mm inside), 42mm outside, 58mm long, 35mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.94 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich wrap-around hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo bolt to a post or wall, 30mm pin, 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo weld a nut to a steel post, 30mm pin, 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m20-1\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo pass through a post, 30mm pin, 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m20\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge with jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavier gates, 35mm pin, 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m24-1\"\u003eM24 wrap-around hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavier gates through a post, 35mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 wrap-around hinge with jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom, with a 30mm round hinge pin fixed to the gate at each height. Mark the plate holes on the post in a vertical line and fix each plate with four M10 bolts, anchors or coach screws to suit the post. Stand the gate on packers, wrap each strap round its pin and fit the clamp bolt. Set the nuts on the bar so the gate hangs level with an even gap, then tighten both nuts hard against the plate and remove the packers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin inside the strap once a year and check the nuts and fixings each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the hinge pin included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The strap wraps round a 30mm round pin fixed to the gate, which is bought separately or made up by your fabricator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat fixings do I need for the plate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eFour M10 bolts, anchors or coach screws suited to your post or wall. They are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 500kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 500kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57881936724355,"sku":"SSHF-769859-01","price":38.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m20-100mm-plate-on-brick-pier.jpg?v=1794018272"},{"product_id":"adjustable-gate-hinge-m20","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M20 with 100 x 100mm Post Plate and 115mm Gate Plate, No Welding, 500kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavier adjustable gate hinge that bolts on at both ends, with no welding at all.\u003c\/strong\u003e A square 100 x 100mm zinc plate fixes to the post or pier with four bolts, and a 5mm oval 115 x 39mm back plate fixes to the gate with two. An M20 eye bolt screws through the square plate's threaded boss and is pinned into the bracket on the back plate, so you can turn it to move the gate in or out and lock it with the nut. Rated for gates up to 500kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge, not a pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-two-plates-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M20 adjustable gate hinge: oval back plate 115 x 39 x 5mm with 2 holes at 73mm centres, square fixing plate 100 x 100 x 4mm with 4 holes at 75mm centres, 45mm thread\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both plates bolt or screw on, so it suits timber gates, brick and rendered piers, concrete and timber posts as well as steel, and you can fit it with ordinary tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Turn the eye bolt in its threaded boss to bring the gate in or out and level it, then lock the nut. No re-drilling when the gate drops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpreads the load.\u003c\/strong\u003e Six fixing points across two broad plates hold firmly in softer materials where a single bolt would pull out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 500kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e The M20 bolt and larger plates carry heavy timber and steel driveway gates on two hinges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy timber and steel driveway gates, field and yard gates on brick piers, concrete or large timber posts, and replacing worn strap hinges where welding is not possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval back plate with bracket, M20 eye bolt, pin and cap screw, hex nut, square fixing plate with threaded boss\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval, 115 x 39mm, 5mm thick, 2 holes 11mm at 73mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 x 100mm, 4mm thick, 4 holes 11mm at 75mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, 45mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack plate face to pin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.88 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolt on at both ends, gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M20 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolt on at both ends, lighter gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16\"\u003eM16 hinge, 80mm fixing plate and back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate on the post, weld-on bracket on the gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 hinge on 120mm fixing plate, 700kg\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA nut you weld to a steel post, back plate on the gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16\"\u003eM16 hinge with nut on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolt through the post, back plate on the gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-2\"\u003eM16 hinge with jointed plates on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Fix the square plates to the post in a vertical line with four M10 bolts, anchors or coach screws each, to suit the post. Screw the eye bolts into the plates with the nuts loose. Pin each bolt eye into the bracket on its back plate, stand the gate on packers in position and fix the back plates to the gate stile with two bolts or screws each. Take the packers out, turn the bolts until the gate hangs level with an even gap, then tighten the nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin and thread once a year and check all fixings each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge or a pack?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne complete hinge with both plates. Most gate leaves need two, so order two per leaf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld anything?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Both plates bolt or screw on. If your gate is steel you can weld the back plate instead if you prefer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat fixings do I need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eSix M10 bolts, anchors or coach screws per hinge, suited to your post and gate. They are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 500kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 500kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges, fixed into sound material.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57881841435011,"sku":"SSHF-802627-01","price":31.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-two-plates-on-brick-pier.jpg?v=1794052634"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M24 with 120 x 120mm Fixing Plate for Gates to 700kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe heavy-duty adjustable gate hinge for brick piers, stone and concrete posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A thick 120 x 120 x 6mm zinc-plated plate fixes to the post with four bolts, anchors or coach screws. The M24 eye bolt screws through its raised boss and locks with a nut, and the U bracket on the eye welds to a steel gate. Turn the bolt to set the gap and level the gate after hanging. Rated for gates up to 700kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-120x120-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M24 adjustable gate hinge with 120 x 120 x 6mm fixing plate, four 11mm holes at 90mm centres, 48mm thread and 44mm U bracket\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for heavy gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e An M24 bolt and a 6mm plate carry driveway and estate gates up to 700kg on two hinges, the largest in this square-plate range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFixes to almost anything.\u003c\/strong\u003e Four holes at 90mm centres take masonry anchors in brick, stone or concrete, coach screws in timber or bolts through steel. No welding at the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpreads the load.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 120mm square plate spreads the gate's pull across the pier face, so heavy gates do not crack the brickwork around a single fixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Loosen the lock nut, turn the bolt in or out and lock it again to bring a dropped gate back level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy steel driveway and estate gates on brick, stone and concrete piers, gates on large timber posts, and replacing old hook-and-band hinges set into masonry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixing plate with threaded boss, M24 eye bolt, lock nut, U bracket, pin and screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 x 120 x 6mm, four 11mm holes at 90mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24, 48mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44mm deep, 49mm high, 35mm eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 700kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.32 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate on the post, gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M24 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18\"\u003eM18 with 90 x 90mm plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate, gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-1\"\u003eM16 with 80 x 80mm plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWrap-around weld-on hinge for gates up to 1000kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m30\"\u003eM30 wrap-around hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSet into concrete with resin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-2\"\u003eM24 hinge for concrete\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Mark the plates on the pier face in a vertical line and fix each with four M10 anchors (brick, stone or concrete), coach screws (timber) or bolts (steel); for heavy gates use resin anchors well away from the pier edges. Screw the eye bolts in and lock the nuts loosely. Pin the U brackets onto the eyes, stand the gate on packers and weld the brackets to the gate stile, grinding off the zinc first and working with good ventilation. Take the packers out, turn the bolts until the gate hangs level, lock the nuts and paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin once a year. On masonry piers, check the anchors are still tight after the first winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fix it to a brick or stone pier?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. That is what the square plate is for. Use four M10 resin or masonry anchors, keeping them well away from the pier edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the wall fixings included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose anchors, coach screws or bolts to suit your post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly the U bracket to a steel gate. The plate fixes to the post without welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57881705185667,"sku":"SSHF-933699-01","price":34.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-120x120-plate-on-stone-pier.jpg?v=1794052366"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-gate-hinge","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M18 x 140mm Thread with 115 x 39mm Back Plate, Through-Bolt, 400kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe adjustable gate hinge for thick posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A long M18 eye bolt with 140mm of thread goes right through a gate post up to about 100mm wide, locked by a nut and washer on each side, while the oval back plate bolts or welds to the gate. With 190mm from the plate face to the bolt end, there is room for big box-section posts and still plenty of adjustment to set the gap and level the gate after hanging. Rated for gates up to 400kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-long-thread-back-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M18 adjustable gate hinge with 140mm thread: back plate 115 x 39 x 5mm, two 11mm holes at 73mm centres, 46mm to the pin, 190mm overall\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThrough-bolted, locked both sides.\u003c\/strong\u003e A nut and washer on each face of the post clamp the bolt to the post wall, so it cannot twist or creep, and you set the gap by moving both nuts along the thread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits big posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e 140mm of thread passes through 80mm, 100mm and thick-wall posts with thread to spare for adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-on or weld-on.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 115 x 39mm back plate takes two M10 bolts or coach screws, or can be welded to a steel gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 400kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry heavy side gates, single driveway gates and yard gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDriveway and yard gates on large box-section posts, timber gates hung on steel posts, gates on thick-wall or concrete-filled posts, and replacing short-threaded hinges that will not reach through a new post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEye bolt, bracket on back plate, pin and screw, two hex nuts, two washers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18, 140mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall reach\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190mm from plate face to bolt end, 46mm from plate face to pin centre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval, 115 x 39 x 5mm, two 11mm holes at 73mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm, right through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.71 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M18 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-2\"\u003eM20 hinge, 115 x 39mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-195x44mm\"\u003eM24 hinge, 129 x 44mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShort thread on a back plate, lighter gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-2\"\u003eM16 hinge on 115 x 40mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18 with a weld-on bracket instead of a plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m18\"\u003eM18 hinge, jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18 bolt with a long thread and no back plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-x-135mm\"\u003eM18 hinge, 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill a 20mm hole right through the post at each hinge height, in one vertical line. Run a nut and washer onto each bolt, pass it through the post and fit the second washer and nut on the far side. Stand the gate on packers, hold each back plate flat on the side of the gate stile and bolt or weld it on. Take the packers out, move the nuts along the thread until the gate hangs square, then tighten both nuts hard against the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin once a year and check both nuts each spring. Cut off any long thread end that sticks out past the far nut if it is in a walkway, and cap or paint the cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow thick a post will it go through?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to about 100mm, leaving enough thread for both nuts and some adjustment. For thinner posts there is simply more thread to spare.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I bolt the back plate to a timber gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with two coach screws or bolts through the 11mm holes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld anything?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The bolt goes through the post and the plate can be bolted on. Welding the plate is optional on steel gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57881622741379,"sku":"SSHF-999235-01","price":22.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-long-thread-on-driveway-gate.jpg?v=1794014247"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-1","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M16 x 130mm Thread with 115 x 39mm Back Plate, Through-Bolt, 300kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe adjustable gate hinge for thick posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A long M16 eye bolt with 130mm of thread goes right through a gate post up to about 100mm wide, locked by a nut and washer on each side, while the oval back plate bolts or welds to the gate. With 190mm from the plate face to the bolt end, there is room for big box-section posts and still plenty of adjustment to set the gap and level the gate after hanging. Rated for gates up to 300kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-long-thread-back-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M16 adjustable gate hinge with 130mm thread: back plate 115 x 39 x 5mm, two 11mm holes at 73mm centres, 46mm to the pin, 190mm overall\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThrough-bolted, locked both sides.\u003c\/strong\u003e A nut and washer on each face of the post clamp the bolt to the post wall, so it cannot twist or creep, and you set the gap by moving both nuts along the thread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits big posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e 130mm of thread passes through 80mm, 100mm and thick-wall posts with thread to spare for adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-on or weld-on.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 115 x 39mm back plate takes two M10 bolts or coach screws, or can be welded to a steel gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 300kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry side gates, garden gates and lighter driveway and yard gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDriveway and yard gates on large box-section posts, timber gates hung on steel posts, gates on thick-wall or concrete-filled posts, and replacing short-threaded hinges that will not reach through a new post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEye bolt, bracket on back plate, pin and screw, two hex nuts, two washers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16, 130mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall reach\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190mm from plate face to bolt end, 46mm from plate face to pin centre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval, 115 x 39 x 5mm, two 11mm holes at 73mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18mm, right through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.64 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M16 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge\"\u003eM18 hinge, 115 x 39mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-2\"\u003eM20 hinge, 115 x 39mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-195x44mm\"\u003eM24 hinge, 129 x 44mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShort thread on a back plate, lighter gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-2\"\u003eM16 hinge on 115 x 40mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16 bolt with a long thread and weld-on plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-x-135mm\"\u003eM16 hinge, 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill an 18mm hole right through the post at each hinge height, in one vertical line. Run a nut and washer onto each bolt, pass it through the post and fit the second washer and nut on the far side. Stand the gate on packers, hold each back plate flat on the side of the gate stile and bolt or weld it on. Take the packers out, move the nuts along the thread until the gate hangs square, then tighten both nuts hard against the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin once a year and check both nuts each spring. Cut off any long thread end that sticks out past the far nut if it is in a walkway, and cap or paint the cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow thick a post will it go through?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to about 100mm, leaving enough thread for both nuts and some adjustment. For thinner posts there is simply more thread to spare.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I bolt the back plate to a timber gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with two coach screws or bolts through the 11mm holes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld anything?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The bolt goes through the post and the plate can be bolted on. Welding the plate is optional on steel gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"industrialsuppliesco.co.uk","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57103102443907,"sku":"SSHF-163075-01","price":20.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-long-thread-back-plate-on-garden-gate.jpg?v=1794057256"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-195x44mm","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M24 x 135mm Thread with 129 x 44mm Back Plate, Through-Bolt, 700kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe heavyweight adjustable gate hinge for big gates on big posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A thick M24 eye bolt with 135mm of thread goes right through a large gate post, locked by a nut and washer on each side, while the 129 x 44mm oval back plate bolts or welds to the gate. With 195mm from the plate face to the bolt end, it suits heavy driveway, yard and industrial gates on posts up to about 100mm, and still leaves thread to set the gap and level the gate after hanging. Rated for gates up to 700kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-long-thread-back-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M24 adjustable gate hinge: back plate 129 x 44mm with two 13mm holes at 85mm centres, 50mm to the pin, 135mm thread, 195mm overall\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 700kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e The M24 bolt is the heaviest in our adjustable range, for wide driveway gates, solid-infill gates and industrial yard gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThrough-bolted, locked both sides.\u003c\/strong\u003e A nut and washer on each face of the post clamp the bolt, so it cannot creep or twist under a heavy leaf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-on or weld-on at the gate.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 129 x 44mm back plate takes two M12 bolts, or welds to a steel gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Move the nuts along the thread to pull a heavy gate back level, with no cutting or re-welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy driveway gates, industrial and commercial yard gates, farm and estate gates on large steel posts, security gates and solid-panel gates that catch the wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEye bolt, bracket on back plate, pin and screw, two hex nuts, two washers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24, 135mm of thread, 44mm eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall reach\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e195mm from plate face to bolt end, 50mm from plate face to pin centre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval, 129 x 44mm, two 13mm holes at 85mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNuts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm across the flats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26mm, right through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 700kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.21 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge\"\u003eM18 hinge on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-2\"\u003eM20 hinge on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M24 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24 with a weld-on bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 hinge, jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact M24 with a weld nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-1\"\u003eM24 hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24 on a 120 x 120mm plate for brick or concrete\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 hinge with 120 x 120mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom, spaced as far apart as the gate allows. Drill a 26mm hole right through the post at each hinge height, in one vertical line. Run a nut and washer onto each bolt, pass it through the post and fit the second washer and nut on the far side. Support the gate on packers, hold each back plate flat on the side of the gate stile and bolt or weld it on. Take the packers out, move the nuts until the gate hangs square, then tighten both nuts hard. On gates this heavy, fit a gate stop and a drop bolt so the leaf cannot swing against the hinges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin twice a year on heavy, busy gates and check both nuts each spring. Cap or paint any cut thread end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the back plate 195mm long?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The back plate is 129 x 44mm. 195mm is the full reach from the plate face to the end of the bolt.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow thick a post will it go through?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to about 100mm, leaving room for both nuts and some adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill two of these carry a 700kg gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, that is their rating as a pair, on a firm post with the hinges well spaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. Stock of this heavy size can run short, so for more than two call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57881531056515,"sku":"SSHF-261379-01","price":38.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-long-thread-on-yard-gate.jpg?v=1794014683"},{"product_id":"adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-120x120mm","title":"Premium Adjustable Wrap Around Hinge with Back Plate 120x120mm for 35mm Pin and 700kg Weight Capacity","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Premium Adjustable Wrap Around Hinge with Back Plate is designed for durability and versatility. Measuring 120mm x 120mm, it is suitable for a 35mm pin and capable of supporting a maximum weight limit of 700kg. This hinge is ideal for various applications, providing strength and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f8f9fa; border-bottom: 2px solid #dee2e6;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; text-align: left; border: 1px solid rgb(222, 226, 230); width: 43.9743%;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; text-align: left; border: 1px solid rgb(222, 226, 230); width: 56.0045%;\"\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 10px; border: 1px solid rgb(222, 226, 230); width: 43.9743%;\"\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 10px; border: 1px solid rgb(222, 226, 230); width: 56.0045%;\"\u003e120mm x 120mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 10px; border: 1px solid rgb(222, 226, 230); width: 43.9743%;\"\u003ePin Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 10px; border: 1px solid rgb(222, 226, 230); width: 56.0045%;\"\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 10px; border: 1px solid rgb(222, 226, 230); width: 43.9743%;\"\u003eMaximum Weight Limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 10px; border: 1px solid rgb(222, 226, 230); width: 56.0045%;\"\u003e700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 10px; border: 1px solid rgb(222, 226, 230); width: 43.9743%;\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWeight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 10px; border: 1px solid rgb(222, 226, 230); width: 56.0045%;\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1.54 kg\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 10px; border: 1px solid rgb(222, 226, 230); width: 43.9743%;\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLength\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 10px; border: 1px solid rgb(222, 226, 230); width: 56.0045%;\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e150.0mm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 10px; border: 1px solid rgb(222, 226, 230); width: 43.9743%;\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWidth\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 10px; border: 1px solid rgb(222, 226, 230); width: 56.0045%;\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e46.0mm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 10px; border: 1px solid rgb(222, 226, 230); width: 43.9743%;\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDepth\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 10px; border: 1px solid rgb(222, 226, 230); width: 56.0045%;\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e23.0mm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures and Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable design for easy installation and flexibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty construction ensures longevity and reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh weight capacity suitable for various applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile compatibility with 35mm pins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum weight this hinge can support?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis hinge can support a maximum weight of 700kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this hinge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe hinge measures 120mm x 120mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIs this hinge suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is designed for durability and can be used in various environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Length: 150mm x Width: 46mm x Thick: 23mm","offer_id":57881499271555,"sku":"HI\/69","price":55.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/c9632329b884cbac3c366143b869139f.png?v=1766940142"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-2","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M20 x 135mm Thread with 115 x 39mm Back Plate, Through-Bolt, 500kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe adjustable gate hinge for thick posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A long M20 eye bolt with 135mm of thread goes right through a gate post up to about 100mm wide, locked by a nut and washer on each side, while the oval back plate bolts or welds to the gate. With 190mm from the plate face to the bolt end, there is room for big box-section posts and still plenty of adjustment to set the gap and level the gate after hanging. Rated for gates up to 500kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-long-thread-back-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M20 adjustable gate hinge with 135mm thread: back plate 115 x 39 x 5mm, two 11mm holes at 73mm centres, 46mm to the pin, 190mm overall\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThrough-bolted, locked both sides.\u003c\/strong\u003e A nut and washer on each face of the post clamp the bolt to the post wall, so it cannot twist or creep, and you set the gap by moving both nuts along the thread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits big posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e 135mm of thread passes through 80mm, 100mm and thick-wall posts with thread to spare for adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-on or weld-on.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 115 x 39mm back plate takes two M10 bolts or coach screws, or can be welded to a steel gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 500kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e The thick M20 bolt carries driveway gates, yard gates and solid-infill gates that catch the wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDriveway and yard gates on large box-section posts, timber gates hung on steel posts, gates on thick-wall or concrete-filled posts, and replacing short-threaded hinges that will not reach through a new post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEye bolt, bracket on back plate, pin and screw, two hex nuts, two washers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, 135mm of thread, 37mm eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall reach\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190mm from plate face to bolt end, 46mm from plate face to pin centre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval, 115 x 39 x 5mm, two 11mm holes at 73mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22mm, right through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.78 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge\"\u003eM18 hinge on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M20 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-195x44mm\"\u003eM24 hinge, 129 x 44mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShort thread on a back plate, lighter gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-2\"\u003eM16 hinge on 115 x 40mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 with a weld nut on a back plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-3\"\u003eM20 hinge, nut on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 bolt with a long thread and weld-on plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-x-135mm\"\u003eM20 hinge, 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill a 22mm hole right through the post at each hinge height, in one vertical line. Run a nut and washer onto each bolt, pass it through the post and fit the second washer and nut on the far side. Stand the gate on packers, hold each back plate flat on the side of the gate stile and bolt or weld it on. Take the packers out, move the nuts along the thread until the gate hangs square, then tighten both nuts hard against the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin once a year and check both nuts each spring. Cut off any long thread end that sticks out past the far nut if it is in a walkway, and cap or paint the cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow thick a post will it go through?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to about 100mm, leaving enough thread for both nuts and some adjustment. For thinner posts there is simply more thread to spare.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I bolt the back plate to a timber gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with two coach screws or bolts through the 11mm holes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld anything?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The bolt goes through the post and the plate can be bolted on. Welding the plate is optional on steel gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57881390416259,"sku":"SSHF-047811-01","price":32.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-long-thread-on-driveway-gate.jpg?v=1794016603"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-gate-pivot-40mm-diameter","title":"Premium Heavy Duty Gate Pivot with Cone Pin 40mm Diameter and 400kg Weight Limit","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Premium Heavy Duty Gate Pivot is designed for durability and strength, making it an ideal choice for robust outdoor gates. With a cone pin measuring 40mm in diameter, it ensures a secure fit and reliable performance in various applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight Limit:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePin Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rte text--pull span-inline\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"text--capitalize text--strong\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e0.57 kg\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rte text--pull span-inline\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"text--capitalize text--strong\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e44.0mm\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rte text--pull span-inline\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"text--capitalize text--strong\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e40.0mm\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rte text--pull span-inline\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"text--capitalize text--strong\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDepth\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e8.0mm\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rte text--pull span-inline\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"text--capitalize text--strong\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMild Steel\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"card\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"card__section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rte text--pull span-inline\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"text--capitalize text--strong\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial finish\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures and Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to support heavy gates with a maximum weight capacity of 400kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40mm diameter cone pin provides enhanced stability and strength.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstructed with high-quality materials for long-lasting use in outdoor conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to install, making it a practical choice for both DIY enthusiasts and professionals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUsage Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis gate pivot is suitable for various settings, including residential, commercial, and industrial applications. It is perfect for use in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriveway gates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden gates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial access points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecurity gates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum weight this gate pivot can support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum weight limit for this gate pivot is 400kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the diameter of the cone pin?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cone pin has a diameter of 40mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this gate pivot suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, this gate pivot is constructed with high-quality materials that are designed to withstand outdoor conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Length: 44mm x Width: 40mm x Thick: 8mm - Pack of 2","offer_id":57879209935235,"sku":"HI\/100","price":55.39,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/d27624baae686fe5b8702f2e7a280ba2.png?v=1766940376"},{"product_id":"adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-2","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M16 with Jointed Plates on Back Plate 115 x 40mm, Bolt-On, 300kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn adjustable gate hinge that bolts on as well as welds on.\u003c\/strong\u003e A zinc-plated M16 eye bolt passes through the gate post, and its eye is held by a pin in a short jointed-plate bracket that is already welded to an oval back plate. Screw or bolt the back plate to the gate through its two 11mm holes, or weld it, then wind the bolt in or out along its 40mm thread to line the gate up, even years after it is hung. Rated for gates up to 300kg. The price is for one complete hinge with nut and washer plate, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-back-plate-115x40-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M16 adjustable gate hinge: back plate 115 x 40 x 5mm, two 11mm holes at 73mm centres, 42mm to the pin, 68mm eye to bolt end, 40mm thread\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding needed.\u003c\/strong\u003e The back plate takes two bolts or coach screws, so you can hang a gate with a drill and spanners. Welders can still weld the plate on for a permanent fix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Gates drop and posts lean. Loosen the nut, wind the bolt in or out to bring the gate back square, and lock it again. No cutting, no new holes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpreads the load.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 115 x 40mm plate spreads the pull over the gate stile instead of one weld, which suits thin-wall box section and timber stiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 300kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two per leaf hang garden gates, side gates and single driveway gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel and aluminium garden and side gates, single driveway gates, field and yard gates on steel posts, timber gates hung on steel posts, and replacing worn or seized hinges on existing gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEye bolt, bracket on back plate, pin, nut, round washer plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16, 40mm of thread, 68mm from eye centre to bolt end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval, 115 x 40 x 5mm, two 11mm holes at 73mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlate face to pin centre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWasher plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound, 50mm across, 4mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300kg per pair of hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.51 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo bolt or screw the hinge to the gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA bracket you weld straight to the gate, with a nut you weld to the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-4\"\u003eM16 hinge with weld-in nut and weld-on bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo weld onto the post face, not through it\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16\"\u003eM16 hinge with nut on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMore in-and-out adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-x-135mm\"\u003eM16 hinge with 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA heavier gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m18\"\u003eM18, 400kg\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20\"\u003eM20, 500kg\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill an 18mm hole through the post at each hinge height, with the two holes in a vertical line. Pass each bolt through, fit the washer plate and nut on the far face and nip them up. Stand the gate on packers in the opening, hold each back plate flat on the side of the gate stile and mark, drill and fix it through both holes with M10 bolts or coach screws (timber). Take the packers out, then wind the bolts in or out until the gate hangs square and swings clear, and tighten the nuts hard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA drop of grease on the pin once a year keeps the swing quiet. Check the nuts every spring. If you weld the plate, grind off the zinc at the weld first, work with good ventilation and paint the weld with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. The minimum order is 6, which hangs three gate leaves. Most single gates need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does \"jointed plates\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe two flat plates of the bracket that sit above and below the bolt eye, joined by the pin. Here they are welded to a back plate so the hinge can be bolted on.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit a timber gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Coach screw the back plate to the timber stile. The bolt still needs a steel or solid post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow far can it adjust?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bolt has 40mm of thread, so you can move the gate in or out by up to about 30mm once the nut and washer are on.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side of the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878840639875,"sku":"SSHF-864707-01","price":18.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-back-plate-on-garden-gate.jpg?v=1794013147"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M16 with Weld Nut and 115 x 40mm Back Plate, 300kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat adjustable gate hinge that bolts to the gate and welds to the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The flanged nut welds to the face of a steel gate post, the M16 eye bolt screws into it, and the eye is pinned in a jointed-plate bracket already welded to an oval 115 x 40mm back plate. Bolt or coach screw the back plate to the gate through its two 11mm holes, or weld it, then turn the bolt in the nut to set the gap and level the gate, even years later. Rated for gates up to 300kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-weld-nut-back-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M16 adjustable gate hinge with weld nut and back plate: plate 115 x 40 x 5mm, two 11mm holes at 73mm centres, 42mm to the pin, 68mm eye to bolt end, 40mm thread\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo hole through the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The nut welds to the post face, so there is no drilling right through, no thread sticking out the far side, and nothing to snag on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-on at the gate.\u003c\/strong\u003e The back plate takes two bolts or coach screws, so the gate can come off for painting or repair without cutting welds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Turn the bolt in or out of the nut to pull a dropped gate back level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 300kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry garden gates, side gates and single driveway gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel garden and side gates, timber gates on steel posts, single driveway gates, bin store and plant room gates, and replacing worn hinges where the post must not be drilled through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEye bolt, bracket on back plate, pin and screw, flanged weld nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16, 40mm of thread, 68mm from eye centre to bolt end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval, 115 x 40 x 5mm, two 11mm holes at 73mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlate face to pin centre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld nut\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29mm flange, 20mm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.45 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld nut on the post, back plate on the gate, M16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same, heavier gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-3\"\u003eM18 with nut on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same, heavier gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-3\"\u003eM20 with nut on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolt right through the post instead of a weld nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-2\"\u003eM16 on back plate, through-bolt\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBracket that welds straight to the gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-4\"\u003eM16 hinge with weld-in nut and weld-on bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA large plate for brick or concrete\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-1\"\u003eM16 hinge with 80 x 80mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Screw each bolt into its nut and pin the bolt eyes into the brackets. Stand the gate on packers in the opening, hold each back plate flat on the side of the gate stile and fix it through both holes with M10 bolts or coach screws. Swing the assembly so each nut's flange sits flat on the post face, check the two nuts are in a vertical line, then tack and weld round each flange. Grind off the zinc at the weld first and weld with good ventilation. Take the packers out, turn the bolts until the gate hangs level, and paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA drop of grease on the pin and the thread once a year keeps the gate quiet and the bolt free to adjust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. The minimum order is 6, enough for three gate leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does \"nut on back plate\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hinge has a back plate for the gate and a flanged nut for the post. The bolt screws into the nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it without welding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe back plate can be bolted, but the nut must be welded to the post. For no welding at all, choose a through-bolt hinge on a back plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much adjustment is there?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bolt has 40mm of thread, so about 20mm of movement once enough thread is in the nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878792438147,"sku":"SSHF-995779-01","price":18.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-weld-nut-back-plate-on-garden-gate.jpg?v=1794014435"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m18","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M18 with Weld-On Jointed Plates, Bolt-Through, 400kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn adjustable gate hinge for medium to heavy steel gates: an M18 eye bolt that fixes through the gate post, and a U-shaped jointed-plate bracket that you weld to the gate frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e A pin with a socket cap joins the two, so the gate swings on the bolt's eye. Wind the bolt in or out along its 42mm thread to set the gap and line the gate up, even after it is hung. Bright zinc plated, with the hex nut and a 50mm round washer plate, and rated for gates up to 400kg on two hinges. The price is for one hinge, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-jointed-plates-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M18 adjustable gate hinge with weld-on jointed plates: 42mm thread, bracket 36mm deep, 36mm wide, 30mm high, 50mm washer plate\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Gates drop and posts move. Loosen the nut, wind the bolt in or out to bring the gate back into line, and lock it again. No cutting or re-welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe step up from M16.\u003c\/strong\u003e The thicker M18 bolt carries gates up to 400kg on a pair, for wider driveway gates and heavier side gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeld-on bracket, not a loose strap.\u003c\/strong\u003e The jointed-plate bracket wraps round the bolt's eye and welds flat to box-section or flat-bar gate frames for a neat, strong fixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpreads the load on the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 50mm two-piece washer plate sits flat on the far face of the post under the nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel driveway gates, side and garden gates, yard and compound gates on steel posts, and replacing worn or fixed hinges on existing metal gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18 eye bolt, U bracket, pin and socket cap, hex nut, 50mm washer plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18, 42mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU-shaped, 36mm deep, 36mm wide, 30mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWasher plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound, 50mm across, 4mm thick, two jointed halves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNut and plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21mm deep on the thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBright zinc plated steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.41 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLighter gates, up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-2\"\u003eM16 hinge, jointed plates on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 400kg, bolt through the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M18 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20\"\u003eM20 hinge, jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 hinge, jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18 that welds onto the post face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-3\"\u003eM18 hinge with nut on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18 on a 90 x 90mm plate for brick or concrete\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18\"\u003eM18 hinge with 90 x 90mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMore in-and-out adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-x-135mm\"\u003eM18 hinge with 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrill a 20mm hole through the side of the gate post at each hinge height, two per leaf, in a vertical line. Pass each bolt through and fit the washer plate and nut on the far side. Fit each bracket over its bolt eye with the pin, stand the gate on packers in position and weld the brackets to the gate frame. Grind off the zinc at the weld first, weld with good ventilation, and keep heat away from the pin. To adjust, loosen the nut, turn the bolt and re-tighten. Paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin and thread once a year for a smooth, quiet swing, and check the nuts each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge with bolt, bracket, nut, plate and pin. The minimum order is 6. A single gate leaf normally needs two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow heavy a gate can it carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 400kg on a pair of hinges. Space them well apart and fit a gate stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size hole does the bolt need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bolt is M18, so drill a 20mm hole through the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does \"jointed plates\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe two flat plates of the U bracket that sit above and below the bolt eye, joined by the pin.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be adjusted later?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Loosen the nut, wind the bolt in or out, then tighten the nut again.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878750364035,"sku":"SSHF-552835-01","price":12.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-jointed-plates-on-side-gate.jpg?v=1794014052"},{"product_id":"adjustable-gate-hinge-m24","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M24 with Weld-On Jointed Plates, 700kg, Zinc Plated","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavy adjustable gate hinge for big steel gates up to 700kg: an M24 eye bolt that fixes through the gate post, and a U-shaped jointed-plate bracket that you weld to the gate frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 10mm pin with a socket cap joins the two, so the gate swings on the bolt's eye. Wind the bolt in or out along its 50mm thread to set the gap and line the gate up, even after it is hung. Bright zinc plated, with a hex nut and a 56mm round washer plate. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-jointed-plates-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M24 adjustable gate hinge with weld-on jointed plates: 50mm thread, bracket 45mm deep, 50mm wide, 35mm high, 56mm washer plate\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy gates drop and posts move. Loosen the nut, wind the bolt in or out to bring the gate back into line, and lock it again. No cutting or re-welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for the heaviest gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e The thick M24 bolt carries gates up to 700kg on a pair: wide driveway gates, industrial and compound gates and solid-infill security gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeld-on bracket, not a loose strap.\u003c\/strong\u003e The jointed-plate bracket wraps round the bolt's eye and welds flat to box-section gate frames for a neat, strong fixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpreads the load on the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 56mm, 5mm thick two-piece washer plate sits flat on the far face of the post under the nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy steel driveway gates, industrial yard and compound gates, farm gates on steel posts, and upgrading worn or undersized hinges on existing heavy metal gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24 eye bolt, U bracket, pin and socket cap, hex nut, 56mm washer plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24, 50mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU-shaped, 45mm deep, 50mm wide over the pin, 35mm high, 10mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWasher plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound, 56mm across, 5mm thick, two jointed halves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNut\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34mm across, 25mm deep on the thread with the plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 700kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBright zinc plated steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.82 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 500kg, bolt through the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20\"\u003eM20 hinge, jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 700kg, bolt through the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M24 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24 with a nut you weld to the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-1\"\u003eM24 hinge with weld nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24 on a bolt-on back plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-195x44mm\"\u003eM24 hinge on 129 x 44mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24 set into concrete or brick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-2\"\u003eM24 hinge for concrete\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMore in-and-out adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-x-135mm\"\u003eM24 hinge with 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrill a 26mm hole through the side of the gate post at each hinge height, two per leaf, in a vertical line. Pass each bolt through and fit the washer plate and nut on the far side. Fit each bracket over its bolt eye with the pin, stand the gate on packers in position and weld the brackets to the gate frame. Grind off the zinc at the weld first, weld with good ventilation, and keep heat away from the pin. To adjust, loosen the nut, turn the bolt and re-tighten. Paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin and thread once a year for a smooth, quiet swing, and check the nuts each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge with bolt, bracket, nut, plate and pin. A single gate leaf normally needs two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow heavy a gate can it carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 700kg on a pair of hinges. Space them well apart, use a strong post and fit a gate stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size hole does the bolt need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bolt is M24, so drill a 26mm hole through the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does \"jointed plates\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe two flat plates of the U bracket that sit above and below the bolt eye, joined by the pin.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be adjusted later?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Loosen the nut, wind the bolt in or out, then tighten the nut again.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878664905091,"sku":"SSHF-716675-01","price":22.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-jointed-plates-on-compound-gate.jpg?v=1794018429"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M20 with Weld-On Jointed Plates, Bolt-Through, 500kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn adjustable gate hinge for heavy steel gates: an M20 eye bolt that fixes through the gate post, and a U-shaped jointed-plate bracket that you weld to the gate frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e A pin with a socket cap joins the two, so the gate swings on the bolt's eye. Wind the bolt in or out along its 44mm thread to set the gap and line the gate up, even after it is hung. Bright zinc plated, with the hex nut and a 50mm round washer plate, and rated for gates up to 500kg on two hinges. The price is for one hinge, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-jointed-plates-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M20 adjustable gate hinge with weld-on jointed plates: 44mm thread, bracket 40mm deep, 42mm wide, 30mm high, 50mm washer plate\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Gates drop and posts move. Loosen the nut, wind the bolt in or out to bring the gate back into line, and lock it again. No cutting or re-welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for heavy gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e The thick M20 bolt carries gates up to 500kg on a pair: wide driveway gates, yard gates and solid-infill gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeld-on bracket, not a loose strap.\u003c\/strong\u003e The jointed-plate bracket wraps round the bolt's eye and welds flat to box-section or flat-bar gate frames for a neat, strong fixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpreads the load on the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 50mm two-piece washer plate sits flat on the far face of the post under the nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel driveway gates, side and garden gates, yard and compound gates on steel posts, and replacing worn or fixed hinges on existing metal gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 eye bolt, U bracket, pin and socket cap, hex nut, 50mm washer plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, 44mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU-shaped, 40mm deep, 42mm wide over the pin, 30mm high, 10mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWasher plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound, 50mm across, 4mm thick, two jointed halves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNut and plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21mm deep on the thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBright zinc plated steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.48 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLighter gates, up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-2\"\u003eM16 hinge, jointed plates on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m18\"\u003eM18 hinge, jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 500kg, bolt through the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M20 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 hinge, jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 with a nut you weld to the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-1\"\u003eM20 hinge with weld nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 set into concrete or brick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-2\"\u003eM20 hinge for concrete\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMore in-and-out adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-x-135mm\"\u003eM20 hinge with 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrill a 22mm hole through the side of the gate post at each hinge height, two per leaf, in a vertical line. Pass each bolt through and fit the washer plate and nut on the far side. Fit each bracket over its bolt eye with the pin, stand the gate on packers in position and weld the brackets to the gate frame. Grind off the zinc at the weld first, weld with good ventilation, and keep heat away from the pin. To adjust, loosen the nut, turn the bolt and re-tighten. Paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin and thread once a year for a smooth, quiet swing, and check the nuts each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge with bolt, bracket, nut, plate and pin. The minimum order is 6. A single gate leaf normally needs two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow heavy a gate can it carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 500kg on a pair of hinges. Space them well apart and fit a gate stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size hole does the bolt need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bolt is M20, so drill a 22mm hole through the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does \"jointed plates\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe two flat plates of the U bracket that sit above and below the bolt eye, joined by the pin.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be adjusted later?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Loosen the nut, wind the bolt in or out, then tighten the nut again.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878639346051,"sku":"SSHF-847747-01","price":13.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-jointed-plates-on-yard-gate.jpg?v=1794016788"},{"product_id":"adjustable-weld-on-gate-hinge-m12-pin","title":"Adjustable Weld-On Gate Hinge with M12 Bolt Pin, Zinc Plated, for Gates to 400kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavier adjustable weld-on gate hinge for steel pedestrian, garden and driveway gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two zinc-plated steel U brackets nest one inside the other and turn on an M12 bolt running through a steel sleeve. Weld one bracket to the post and the other to the gate. Serrated slots let you slide the gate in or out by up to 10mm to set the gap before you tighten the bolt, and the nylon locking nut keeps it there. Rated for gates up to 400kg on two hinges. The price is for one hinge, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-weld-on-gate-hinge-m12-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the adjustable weld-on gate hinge with M12 bolt pin: 95mm over the bolt, 65mm and 48mm brackets, 35mm deep, 52 to 62mm across\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable gap.\u003c\/strong\u003e Serrated slots give 10mm of in-and-out adjustment, so you can set the gate square to the post before tightening, with no packing pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTaller brackets, thicker pin.\u003c\/strong\u003e 65mm tall brackets and an M12 bolt pin spread the load for heavier gates while staying only 35mm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReplaceable pin.\u003c\/strong\u003e The M12 bolt and sleeve form the pin, so a worn hinge can be renewed by changing the bolt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocks tight.\u003c\/strong\u003e A nylon insert locking nut stops the bolt working loose as the gate swings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel driveway and garden gates, pedestrian and railings gates, car park and service gates on steel posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo U brackets, steel sleeve, M12 bolt, two washers and a nylon locking nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95mm high over the bolt; brackets 65mm and 48mm high; 35mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth across\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52mm to 62mm, set in the serrated slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM12 bolt through a steel sleeve\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.41 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on, M10 pin, gates to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-weld-on-gate-hinge\"\u003eAdjustable weld-on hinge, M10 pin\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on, M12 pin, gates to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMore adjustment with an eye bolt and weld nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-1\"\u003eM20 adjustable gate hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Assemble each hinge loosely and set it to the gap you want in the slots. Stand the gate on packers in the opening, hold each hinge with one bracket against the post and the other against the gate stile, and check the bolts are in one vertical line. Grind off the zinc where you weld, tack, check the swing, then weld out. Tighten the bolts and paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the sleeve once a year and check the locking nuts are tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. The minimum order is 6, enough for three gate leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I adjust it after welding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, by up to 10mm. Loosen the bolt, slide the gate in or out along the serrated slots and tighten again. For more adjustment choose an eye bolt hinge with a weld nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878611689859,"sku":"SSHF-946051-01","price":17.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-weld-on-gate-hinge-m12-welded-car-park-gate.jpg?v=1794051163"},{"product_id":"adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-2","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M20 with Anchor Tube to Set in Concrete, Stone or Brick, 500kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe adjustable gate hinge you set into concrete, stone or brick.\u003c\/strong\u003e A zinc-plated anchor tube with a flattened fish-tail end is set in resin or mortar in the side of the pier, the M20 eye bolt screws into its threaded open end, and the small U bracket on the eye welds to a steel gate. Once cured it cannot pull out, and you can still turn the bolt to set the gap and level the gate after hanging. Rated for gates up to 500kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-concrete-anchor-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M20 adjustable gate hinge with anchor tube: 100mm tube widening to 40mm, 43mm thread, U bracket 40mm deep, 30mm high, 42mm wide\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt into the pier.\u003c\/strong\u003e The fish-tail anchor locks into the cured resin or mortar, so it holds far better than a surface plate on soft or old masonry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlmost invisible.\u003c\/strong\u003e Only the bolt and a small round tube end show on the pier face. No plates or anchor heads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Turn the bolt in or out of the tube to line the gate up, and again years later if it drops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 500kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry driveway gates and heavy pedestrian gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGates hung on concrete pillars, stone or brick gate piers, rendered walls and cast concrete posts, and replacing old hooks leaded into stone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnchor tube, M20 eye bolt, U bracket, pin and screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnchor tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100mm long, fish-tail end 40mm wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, 43mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm deep, 30mm high, 42mm wide over the pin, 10mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.53 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSet into a pier, gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M20 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSet into a pier, gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-2\"\u003eM24 hinge for concrete\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFix to a pier with anchors instead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-1\"\u003eM16 with 80 x 80mm plate\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 with 120 x 120mm plate\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 bolt through a steel post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20\"\u003eM20 hinge, jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 with a nut you weld to a steel post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-1\"\u003eM20 hinge with weld nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill or core a hole in the side of the pier at each hinge height, about 110mm deep and wide enough to take the 40mm fish-tail end, with the two holes in a vertical line. Blow the holes clean, fill with resin or a strong mortar and push the tubes in until the open ends are flush with the face. Let it cure fully. Screw in the eye bolts, pin the U brackets onto the eyes, stand the gate on packers and weld the brackets to the gate stile, grinding off the zinc first. Take the packers out and turn the bolts until the gate hangs level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin and thread once a year. Do not hang the gate until the resin or mortar has fully cured.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat do I set it in?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eChemical anchor resin is best. A strong sand and cement mortar also works in larger holes. Follow the resin maker's cure time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it on a steel post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made for concrete and masonry. For steel posts choose a through-bolt or weld-nut hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I adjust it once the tube is set?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The bolt still turns in the tube, so you can move the gate in or out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878585835907,"sku":"SSHF-044355-01","price":20.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-set-in-concrete-pillar.jpg?v=1794015112"},{"product_id":"adjustable-weld-on-gate-hinge","title":"Adjustable Weld-On Gate Hinge with M10 Bolt Pin, Zinc Plated, for Gates to 300kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA compact adjustable weld-on gate hinge for steel pedestrian, garden and side gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two zinc-plated steel U brackets nest one inside the other and turn on an M10 bolt running through a steel sleeve. Weld one bracket to the post and the other to the gate. Serrated slots let you slide the gate in or out by up to 10mm to set the gap before you tighten the bolt, and the nylon locking nut keeps it there. Rated for gates up to 300kg on two hinges. The price is for one hinge, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-weld-on-gate-hinge-m10-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the adjustable weld-on gate hinge with M10 bolt pin: 70mm over the bolt, 42mm and 29mm brackets, 35mm deep, 54 to 64mm across\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable gap.\u003c\/strong\u003e Serrated slots give 10mm of in-and-out adjustment, so you can set the gate square to the post before tightening, with no packing pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLow profile.\u003c\/strong\u003e Only 35mm deep, it tucks into the gap between gate and post and suits slim box-section gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReplaceable pin.\u003c\/strong\u003e The M10 bolt and sleeve form the pin, so a worn hinge can be renewed by changing the bolt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocks tight.\u003c\/strong\u003e A nylon insert locking nut stops the bolt working loose as the gate swings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel pedestrian, garden and side gates, railings gates, bin store and service gates, and small driveway gates on steel posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo U brackets, steel sleeve, M10 bolt, two washers and a nylon locking nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70mm high over the bolt; brackets 42mm and 29mm high; 35mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth across\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54mm to 64mm, set in the serrated slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM10 bolt through a steel sleeve\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.41 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on, M10 pin, gates to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on, M12 pin, gates to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-weld-on-gate-hinge-m12-pin\"\u003eAdjustable weld-on hinge, M12 pin\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMore adjustment with an eye bolt and weld nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-4\"\u003eM16 adjustable gate hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Assemble each hinge loosely and set it to the gap you want in the slots. Stand the gate on packers in the opening, hold each hinge with one bracket against the post and the other against the gate stile, and check the bolts are in one vertical line. Grind off the zinc where you weld, tack, check the swing, then weld out. Tighten the bolts and paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the sleeve once a year and check the locking nuts are tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. The minimum order is 6, enough for three gate leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I adjust it after welding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, by up to 10mm. Loosen the bolt, slide the gate in or out along the serrated slots and tighten again. For more adjustment choose an eye bolt hinge with a weld nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878498705795,"sku":"SSHF-601411-01","price":14.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-weld-on-gate-hinge-m10-welded-side-gate.jpg?v=1794051004"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-1","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M20 with Weld-In Nut, Compact, 500kg, Zinc Plated","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA compact adjustable gate hinge for heavy steel gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e A zinc-plated M20 eye bolt screws into a flanged nut that you weld to the gate post, and its eye is pinned inside a small U bracket that you weld to the gate. Turn the bolt in or out of the nut to set the gap and bring the gate back square, now or years later. Rated for gates up to 500kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-weld-nut-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M20 adjustable gate hinge with weld-in nut: 44mm thread, U bracket 40mm deep and 30mm high, nut with 35mm flange, 21mm long\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmall and strong.\u003c\/strong\u003e The whole hinge sits in the gap between gate and post, with a thick M20 bolt doing the work. Neat on modern box-section gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Gates sag and posts lean over time. Wind the bolt in or out of the nut to pull the gate back level, with no cutting or re-welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 500kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry driveway gates, yard gates and heavy pedestrian gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEverything included.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bolt, bracket, pin with socket cap and the flanged weld nut, all zinc plated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel driveway gates, industrial and yard gates, heavy pedestrian gates, railings gates and replacing worn hinges on existing steel gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 eye bolt, U bracket, pin and socket cap, flanged weld nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, 44mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm deep, 30mm high, 42mm wide over the pin heads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld nut\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm flange, 21mm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.41 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLighter gates, up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-4\"\u003eM16 hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 500kg, compact\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M20 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-1\"\u003eM24 hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 bolt through the post with a washer plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20\"\u003eM20 hinge with jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 nut on a weld-on back plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-3\"\u003eM20 hinge with nut on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixing into concrete or brick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-2\"\u003eM20 hinge for concrete\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMore in-and-out adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-x-135mm\"\u003eM20 hinge with 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Grind off the zinc where you will weld, and weld with good ventilation. Weld each flanged nut to the side of the post, flange flat to the post face, with the two nuts in one vertical line. Screw the bolts in, fit each U bracket on its eye with the pin, then stand the gate on packers and weld the brackets to the gate stile. Keep heat away from the pin and thread. Take the packers out, turn the bolts until the gate hangs level, then paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin and the thread once a year. Check the gate still hangs level each spring and give the bolt a turn if it has dropped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. The minimum order is 6, enough for three gate leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it without welding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The nut welds to the post and the bracket welds to the gate. For a bolt-on fixing choose a hinge with a back plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much adjustment does it give?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bolt has 44mm of thread, so the gate can move in or out by roughly 20 to 25mm once enough thread is engaged in the nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 500kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 500kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. Stock of this size can run short, so for larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878448865667,"sku":"SSHF-699715-01","price":12.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-weld-nut-on-driveway-gate.jpg?v=1794013842"},{"product_id":"adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-2","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M18 with Weld-In Nut and U Bracket, 400kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA compact, stronger adjustable gate hinge for steel side, pedestrian and driveway gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e A zinc-plated M18 eye bolt screws into a flanged nut that you weld to the gate post, and its eye is pinned inside a small U bracket that you weld to the gate. Turn the bolt in or out of the nut to set the gap and bring the gate back square, now or years later. Rated for gates up to 400kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-weld-nut-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M18 adjustable gate hinge with weld-in nut: 41mm thread, U bracket 35mm deep and 36mm high, nut with 35mm flange, 20mm long\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmall and strong.\u003c\/strong\u003e The whole hinge sits in the gap between gate and post, with a solid M18 bolt doing the work. A step up from the M16 for heavier box-section gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Gates sag and posts lean over time. Wind the bolt in or out of the nut to pull the gate back level, with no cutting or re-welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 400kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry side gates, pedestrian gates and single driveway gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEverything included.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bolt, bracket, pin and screw and the flanged weld nut, all zinc plated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel garden and side gates, pedestrian and railings gates, small driveway gates, bin store and service gates, and replacing worn hinges on existing steel gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18 eye bolt, U bracket, pin and screw, flanged weld nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18, 41mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm deep, 36mm high, 30mm eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld nut\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm flange, 20mm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.33 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLighter gates, up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-4\"\u003eM16 hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M18 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 500kg, compact\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-1\"\u003eM20 hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-1\"\u003eM24 hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18 on a bolt-on 90 x 90mm plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18\"\u003eM18 hinge with fixing plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixing into concrete or brick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-2\"\u003eM20 hinge for concrete\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Grind off the zinc where you will weld, and weld with good ventilation. Weld each flanged nut to the side of the post, flange flat to the post face, with the two nuts in one vertical line. Screw the bolts in, fit each U bracket on its eye with the pin, then stand the gate on packers and weld the brackets to the gate stile. Keep heat away from the pin and thread. Take the packers out, turn the bolts until the gate hangs level, then paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin and the thread once a year. Check the gate still hangs level each spring and give the bolt a turn if it has dropped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. The minimum order is 6, enough for three gate leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it without welding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The nut welds to the post and the bracket welds to the gate. For a bolt-on fixing choose a hinge with a back plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much adjustment does it give?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bolt has 41mm of thread, so the gate can move in or out by roughly 20mm once enough thread is engaged in the nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 400kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 400kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavier gates need the M20 or M24 size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"industrialsuppliesco.co.uk","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57103112044931,"sku":"SSHF-929091-01","price":11.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-weld-nut-on-side-gate.jpg?v=1794057314"},{"product_id":"adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-3","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M18 with Weld Nut and 115 x 40mm Back Plate, 400kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat adjustable gate hinge that bolts to the gate and welds to the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The flanged nut welds to the face of a steel gate post, the M18 eye bolt screws into it, and the eye is pinned in a jointed-plate bracket already welded to an oval 115 x 40mm back plate. Bolt or coach screw the back plate to the gate through its two 11mm holes, or weld it, then turn the bolt in the nut to set the gap and level the gate, even years later. Rated for gates up to 400kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-weld-nut-back-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M18 adjustable gate hinge with weld nut and back plate: plate 115 x 40 x 5mm, two 11mm holes at 73mm centres, 40mm to the pin, 71mm eye to bolt end, 42mm thread\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo hole through the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The nut welds to the post face, so there is no drilling right through, no thread sticking out the far side, and nothing to snag on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-on at the gate.\u003c\/strong\u003e The back plate takes two bolts or coach screws, so the gate can come off for painting or repair without cutting welds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Turn the bolt in or out of the nut to pull a dropped gate back level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 400kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e The thicker M18 bolt carries wider driveway gates and heavier side gates than the M16.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel garden and side gates, timber gates on steel posts, single driveway gates, bin store and plant room gates, and replacing worn hinges where the post must not be drilled through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEye bolt, bracket on back plate, pin and screw, flanged weld nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18, 42mm of thread, 71mm from eye centre to bolt end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval, 115 x 40 x 5mm, two 11mm holes at 73mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlate face to pin centre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld nut\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm flange, 20mm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.48 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same, lighter gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16\"\u003eM16 with nut on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld nut on the post, back plate on the gate, M18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same, heavier gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-3\"\u003eM20 with nut on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong M18 bolt right through the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge\"\u003eM18 x 140mm thread on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBracket that welds straight to the gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m18\"\u003eM18 hinge, jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA square plate for brick or concrete\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18\"\u003eM18 hinge with 90 x 90mm plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Screw each bolt into its nut and pin the bolt eyes into the brackets. Stand the gate on packers in the opening, hold each back plate flat on the side of the gate stile and fix it through both holes with M10 bolts or coach screws. Swing the assembly so each nut's flange sits flat on the post face, check the two nuts are in a vertical line, then tack and weld round each flange. Grind off the zinc at the weld first and weld with good ventilation. Take the packers out, turn the bolts until the gate hangs level, and paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA drop of grease on the pin and the thread once a year keeps the gate quiet and the bolt free to adjust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. The minimum order is 6, enough for three gate leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does \"nut on back plate\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hinge has a back plate for the gate and a flanged nut for the post. The bolt screws into the nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it without welding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe back plate can be bolted, but the nut must be welded to the post. For no welding at all, choose a through-bolt hinge on a back plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much adjustment is there?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bolt has 42mm of thread, so about 20mm of movement once enough thread is in the nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878401745283,"sku":"SSHF-027395-01","price":19.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-weld-nut-back-plate-on-driveway-gate.jpg?v=1794015568"},{"product_id":"adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-4","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M16 with Weld-In Nut, Zinc Plated, for Gates to 300kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA compact adjustable gate hinge for steel garden, side and pedestrian gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e A zinc-plated M16 eye bolt screws into a flanged nut that you weld to the gate post, and its eye is pinned inside a small U bracket that you weld to the gate. Turn the bolt in or out of the nut to set the gap and bring the gate back square, now or years later. Rated for gates up to 300kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-weld-nut-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M16 adjustable gate hinge with weld-in nut: 41mm thread, U bracket 38mm deep and 30mm high, nut with 29mm flange, 20mm long\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmall and strong.\u003c\/strong\u003e The whole hinge sits in the gap between gate and post, with a solid M16 bolt doing the work. Neat on lighter box-section and railings gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Gates sag and posts lean over time. Wind the bolt in or out of the nut to pull the gate back level, with no cutting or re-welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 300kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry garden gates, side gates, pedestrian gates and small driveway gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEverything included.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bolt, bracket, pin with socket cap and the flanged weld nut, all zinc plated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel garden and side gates, pedestrian and railings gates, small driveway gates, bin store and service gates, and replacing worn hinges on existing steel gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16 eye bolt, U bracket, pin and socket cap, flanged weld nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16, 41mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38mm deep, 30mm high, 35mm wide over the pin heads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld nut\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29mm flange, 20mm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.28 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLighter gates, up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M16 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 500kg, compact\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-1\"\u003eM20 hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-1\"\u003eM24 hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16 on a bolt-on 80 x 80mm plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-1\"\u003eM16 hinge with back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixing into concrete or brick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-2\"\u003eM20 hinge for concrete\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Grind off the zinc where you will weld, and weld with good ventilation. Weld each flanged nut to the side of the post, flange flat to the post face, with the two nuts in one vertical line. Screw the bolts in, fit each U bracket on its eye with the pin, then stand the gate on packers and weld the brackets to the gate stile. Keep heat away from the pin and thread. Take the packers out, turn the bolts until the gate hangs level, then paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin and the thread once a year. Check the gate still hangs level each spring and give the bolt a turn if it has dropped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. The minimum order is 6, enough for three gate leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it without welding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The nut welds to the post and the bracket welds to the gate. For a bolt-on fixing choose a hinge with a back plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much adjustment does it give?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bolt has 41mm of thread, so the gate can move in or out by roughly 20mm once enough thread is engaged in the nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 300kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 300kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavier gates need the M20 or M24 size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878356361603,"sku":"SSHF-355075-01","price":10.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-weld-nut-on-garden-gate.jpg?v=1794050768"},{"product_id":"adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-3","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M20 with Weld Nut and 115 x 40mm Back Plate, 500kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat adjustable gate hinge that bolts to the gate and welds to the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The flanged nut welds to the face of a steel gate post, the M20 eye bolt screws into it, and the eye is pinned in a jointed-plate bracket already welded to an oval 115 x 40mm back plate. Bolt or coach screw the back plate to the gate through its two 11mm holes, or weld it, then turn the bolt in the nut to set the gap and level the gate, even years later. Rated for gates up to 500kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-weld-nut-back-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M20 adjustable gate hinge with weld nut and back plate: plate 115 x 40 x 5mm, two 11mm holes at 73mm centres, 40mm to the pin, 72mm eye to bolt end, 45mm thread\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo hole through the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The nut welds to the post face, so there is no drilling right through, no thread sticking out the far side, and nothing to snag on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-on at the gate.\u003c\/strong\u003e The back plate takes two bolts or coach screws, so the gate can come off for painting or repair without cutting welds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Turn the bolt in or out of the nut to pull a dropped gate back level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 500kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e The thick M20 bolt carries driveway gates, yard gates and heavy solid-infill side gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel garden and side gates, timber gates on steel posts, single driveway gates, bin store and plant room gates, and replacing worn hinges where the post must not be drilled through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEye bolt, bracket on back plate, pin and screw, flanged weld nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, 45mm of thread, 72mm from eye centre to bolt end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval, 115 x 40 x 5mm, two 11mm holes at 73mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlate face to pin centre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld nut\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm flange, 20mm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.58 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same, lighter gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16\"\u003eM16 with nut on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-3\"\u003eM18 with nut on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld nut on the post, back plate on the gate, M20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong M20 bolt right through the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-2\"\u003eM20 x 138mm thread on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact M20 with a weld nut and weld-on bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-1\"\u003eM20 hinge with weld nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSet into a concrete or brick pier\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-2\"\u003eM20 hinge for concrete\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Screw each bolt into its nut and pin the bolt eyes into the brackets. Stand the gate on packers in the opening, hold each back plate flat on the side of the gate stile and fix it through both holes with M10 bolts or coach screws. Swing the assembly so each nut's flange sits flat on the post face, check the two nuts are in a vertical line, then tack and weld round each flange. Grind off the zinc at the weld first and weld with good ventilation. Take the packers out, turn the bolts until the gate hangs level, and paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA drop of grease on the pin and the thread once a year keeps the gate quiet and the bolt free to adjust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does \"nut on back plate\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hinge has a back plate for the gate and a flanged nut for the post. The bolt screws into the nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it without welding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe back plate can be bolted, but the nut must be welded to the post. For no welding at all, choose a through-bolt hinge on a back plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much adjustment is there?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bolt has 45mm of thread, so about 20mm of movement once enough thread is in the nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878308553091,"sku":"SSHF-748291-01","price":22.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-weld-nut-back-plate-on-yard-gate.jpg?v=1794015731"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-1","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M24 with Weld-In Nut, Compact, 700kg, Zinc Plated","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA compact adjustable gate hinge for heavy steel gates up to 700kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e A thick zinc-plated M24 eye bolt screws into a flanged nut that you weld to the gate post, and its eye is pinned inside a small U bracket that you weld to the gate. Turn the bolt in or out of the nut to set the gap and bring the gate back square, now or years later. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-weld-nut-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M24 adjustable gate hinge with weld-in nut: 50mm thread, U bracket 44mm deep and 34mm high, 48mm over the pin, nut with 34mm flange, 25mm long\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOur heaviest compact hinge.\u003c\/strong\u003e The whole hinge sits in the gap between gate and post, with a 24mm bolt doing the work. Neat on box-section driveway and yard gates where a strap or back plate would look bulky.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy gates sag and posts lean over time. Wind the bolt in or out of the nut to pull the gate back level, with no cutting or re-welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 700kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry large driveway gates, industrial yard gates and heavy security gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEverything included.\u003c\/strong\u003e Eye bolt, U bracket, 10mm pin with screw cap and the flanged weld nut, all zinc plated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy steel driveway gates, industrial, farm and yard gates, security and compound gates, and replacing worn or seized hinges on existing heavy steel gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24 eye bolt, U bracket, pin and screw cap, flanged weld nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24, 50mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44mm deep, 34mm high, 48mm wide over the pin heads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld nut\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34mm across, 25mm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 700kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.68 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 500kg, compact\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-1\"\u003eM20 hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 700kg, compact\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M24 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24 bolt through the post with a washer plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 hinge with jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA bolt-on back plate for the gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-195x44mm\"\u003eM24 hinge on 129 x 44mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixing into concrete or brick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-2\"\u003eM24 hinge for concrete\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMore in-and-out adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-x-135mm\"\u003eM24 hinge with 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHanging on a round 35mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m24-1\"\u003eM24 wrap-around hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Grind off the zinc where you will weld, and weld with good ventilation. Weld each flanged nut to the side of the post, flange flat to the post face, with the two nuts in one vertical line. Screw the bolts in, fit each U bracket on its eye with the pin, then stand the gate on packers and weld the brackets to the gate stile. Keep heat away from the pin and thread. Take the packers out, turn the bolts until the gate hangs level, then paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin and the thread once a year. Check the gate still hangs level each spring and give the bolt a turn if it has dropped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it without welding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The nut welds to the post and the bracket welds to the gate. For a bolt-on fixing choose a hinge with a back plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much adjustment does it give?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bolt has 50mm of thread, so the gate can move in or out by roughly 20 to 25mm once enough thread is engaged in the nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 700kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 700kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878295675267,"sku":"SSHF-944899-01","price":20.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-weld-nut-on-yard-gate.jpg?v=1794018061"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-2","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M24 with Anchor Tube to Set in Concrete or Stone, Gates to 700kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe heavy duty adjustable gate hinge you set into concrete, stone or brick.\u003c\/strong\u003e A zinc-plated anchor tube with a flattened fish-tail end is set in resin or mortar in the side of the pier, the M24 eye bolt screws into its threaded open end, and the small U bracket on the eye welds to a steel gate. Once cured it cannot pull out, and you can still turn the bolt to set the gap and level the gate after hanging. Rated for gates up to 700kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-concrete-anchor-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M24 adjustable gate hinge with anchor tube: 100mm tube widening to 48mm, 50mm thread, U bracket 45mm deep, 34mm high, 49mm wide\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt into the pier.\u003c\/strong\u003e The fish-tail anchor locks into the cured resin or mortar, so it holds far better than a surface plate on soft or old masonry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlmost invisible.\u003c\/strong\u003e Only the bolt and a small round tube end show on the pier face. No plates or anchor heads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Turn the bolt in or out of the tube to line the gate up, and again years later if it drops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 700kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e A thicker M24 bolt and wider fish-tail: two hinges carry heavy driveway and estate gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy gates hung on concrete pillars, stone or brick gate piers, estate and driveway gates on masonry, and replacing old hooks leaded into stone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnchor tube, M24 eye bolt, U bracket, pin and screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnchor tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100mm long, fish-tail end 48mm wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24, 50mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45mm deep, 34mm high, 49mm wide over the pin, 10mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 700kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.86 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSet into a pier, gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-2\"\u003eM20 hinge for concrete\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSet into a pier, gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M24 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFix to a pier with anchors instead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-1\"\u003eM16 with 80 x 80mm plate\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 with 120 x 120mm plate\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24 bolt through a steel post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 hinge, jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24 with a nut you weld to a steel post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-1\"\u003eM24 hinge with weld nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill or core a hole in the side of the pier at each hinge height, about 110mm deep and wide enough to take the 48mm fish-tail end, with the two holes in a vertical line. Blow the holes clean, fill with resin or a strong mortar and push the tubes in until the open ends are flush with the face. Let it cure fully. Screw in the eye bolts, pin the U brackets onto the eyes, stand the gate on packers and weld the brackets to the gate stile, grinding off the zinc first. Take the packers out and turn the bolts until the gate hangs level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin and thread once a year. Do not hang the gate until the resin or mortar has fully cured.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat do I set it in?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eChemical anchor resin is best. A strong sand and cement mortar also works in larger holes. Follow the resin maker's cure time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it on a steel post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made for concrete and masonry. For steel posts choose a through-bolt or weld-nut hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I adjust it once the tube is set?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The bolt still turns in the tube, so you can move the gate in or out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878272442755,"sku":"SSHF-043203-01","price":26.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-concrete-anchor-fitted-stone-pier.jpg?v=1794050584"},{"product_id":"adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m30","title":"Adjustable Wrap-Around Gate Hinge M30 with Jointed Plate, for 40mm Pin, Gates to 1000kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe heaviest adjustable wrap-around gate hinge in the range, with a jointed plate, for very heavy steel gates on round or square steel posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A thick M30 threaded bar ends in a cast block with a flat steel strap that wraps round a 40mm round hinge pin on the gate. At the post end, a 64mm round jointed plate and hex nut fix the bar to the post; the jointed plate lets the bar sit square even where the post face is round or not quite true. Move the nut along the 94mm thread to bring the gate in or out and level it, and take the gate off by undoing one clamp bolt. Rated for gates up to 1000kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m30-jointed-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M30 wrap-around gate hinge with jointed plate: 170mm overall, 94mm thread, strap for a 40mm pin, 64mm plate\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuits round posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e The jointed plate seats against curved and uneven post faces, so the bar pulls up square without packing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Move the nut along the 94mm thread to bring the gate in or out and level it, now or years later as the gate settles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWrap-around strap.\u003c\/strong\u003e The strap clamps round a 40mm round pin and turns on it, a strong, simple pivot that takes the gate off easily when the clamp bolt is undone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 1000kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e A massive M30 bar and 40mm pin: two hinges carry wide security gates, industrial and estate gates and solid-clad gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy industrial and security gates, wide estate and driveway gates, solid-clad and acoustic gates, and large gates on heavy round or square posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM30 threaded bar with cast block, wrap-around strap, clamp bolt and nut, 64mm jointed plate with hex nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJointed plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64mm round, 5mm thick, 32mm long with the nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM30, 94mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStrap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor a 40mm round pin, 52mm outside, 75mm long, 45mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1000kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.61 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich wrap-around hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJointed plate, 30mm pin, 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m20\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge with jointed plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJointed plate, 35mm pin, 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 wrap-around hinge with jointed plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJointed plate, 40mm pin, 1000kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld a nut to a steel post, 40mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m30-1\"\u003eM30 wrap-around hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom, with a 40mm round hinge pin fixed to the gate at each height. On a steel post you can weld the jointed plate flat to the post face, with the bar screwed through its nut. Or drill a 31 to 32mm hole through the post, pass the bar through and fit the jointed plate and nut on the far face, with a second M30 nut and washer (not supplied) on the near face to lock it. Stand the gate on packers, wrap each strap round its pin with the clamp bolt fitted, set the gate level with an even gap, tighten everything hard and remove the packers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin inside the strap once a year and check the nuts and clamp bolts each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the hinge pin included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The strap wraps round a 40mm round pin fixed to the gate, which is bought separately or made up by your fabricator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit a round post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The jointed plate is made to sit square on round tube and uneven faces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 1000kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 1000kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878214672771,"sku":"SSHF-075971-01","price":42.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m30-jointed-plate-fitted-industrial-gate.jpg?v=1794050399"},{"product_id":"adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m24","title":"Adjustable Wrap-Around Gate Hinge M24 with Jointed Plate, for 35mm Pin, Gates to 700kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavy adjustable wrap-around gate hinge with a jointed plate, for heavier steel gates on round or square steel posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A thick M24 threaded bar ends in a cast block with a flat steel strap that wraps round a 35mm round hinge pin on the gate. At the post end, a 56mm round jointed plate and hex nut fix the bar to the post; the jointed plate lets the bar sit square even where the post face is round or not quite true. Move the nut along the 80mm thread to bring the gate in or out and level it, and take the gate off by undoing one clamp bolt. Rated for gates up to 700kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m24-jointed-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M24 wrap-around gate hinge with jointed plate: 152mm overall, 80mm thread, strap for a 35mm pin, 56mm plate\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuits round posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e The jointed plate seats against curved and uneven post faces, so the bar pulls up square without packing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Move the nut along the 80mm thread to bring the gate in or out and level it, now or years later as the gate settles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWrap-around strap.\u003c\/strong\u003e The strap clamps round a 35mm round pin and turns on it, a strong, simple pivot that takes the gate off easily when the clamp bolt is undone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 700kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e A thicker M24 bar and 35mm pin: two hinges carry wide driveway gates, estate gates and heavy yard gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWide steel driveway and estate gates, heavy yard and farm gates, sports and park gates on round tube posts, and replacement hinges on existing heavy gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24 threaded bar with cast block, wrap-around strap, clamp bolt and nut, 56mm jointed plate with hex nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJointed plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56mm round, 5mm thick, 25mm long with the nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24, 80mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e152mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStrap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor a 35mm round pin, 46mm outside, 65mm long, 40mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 700kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.04 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich wrap-around hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJointed plate, 30mm pin, 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m20\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge with jointed plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJointed plate, 35mm pin, 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJointed plate, 40mm pin, 1000kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m30\"\u003eM30 wrap-around hinge with jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld a nut to a steel post, 35mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m24-1\"\u003eM24 wrap-around hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom, with a 35mm round hinge pin fixed to the gate at each height. On a steel post you can weld the jointed plate flat to the post face, with the bar screwed through its nut. Or drill a 25 to 26mm hole through the post, pass the bar through and fit the jointed plate and nut on the far face, with a second M24 nut and washer (not supplied) on the near face to lock it. Stand the gate on packers, wrap each strap round its pin with the clamp bolt fitted, set the gate level with an even gap, tighten everything hard and remove the packers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin inside the strap once a year and check the nuts and clamp bolts each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the hinge pin included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The strap wraps round a 35mm round pin fixed to the gate, which is bought separately or made up by your fabricator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit a round post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The jointed plate is made to sit square on round tube and uneven faces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 700kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 700kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878147891587,"sku":"SSHF-141507-01","price":39.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m24-jointed-plate-fitted-driveway-gate.jpg?v=1794050222"},{"product_id":"adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m20","title":"Adjustable Wrap-Around Gate Hinge M20 with Jointed Plate, for 30mm Pin, Gates to 500kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavy adjustable wrap-around gate hinge with a jointed plate, for steel gates on round or square steel posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A thick M20 threaded bar ends in a cast block with a flat steel strap that wraps round a 30mm round hinge pin on the gate. At the post end, a 50mm round jointed plate and hex nut fix the bar to the post; the jointed plate lets the bar sit square even where the post face is round or not quite true. Move the nut along the 70mm thread to bring the gate in or out and level it, and take the gate off by undoing one clamp bolt. Rated for gates up to 500kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m20-jointed-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M20 wrap-around gate hinge with jointed plate: 130mm overall, 70mm thread, strap for a 30mm pin, 50mm plate\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuits round posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e The jointed plate seats against curved and uneven post faces, so the bar pulls up square without packing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Move the nut along the 70mm thread to bring the gate in or out and level it, now or years later as the gate settles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWrap-around strap.\u003c\/strong\u003e The strap clamps round a 30mm round pin and turns on it, a strong, simple pivot that takes the gate off easily when the clamp bolt is undone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 500kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry driveway gates, sports and school gates and heavy pedestrian gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel mesh and bar gates on round tube posts, sports ground, school and park gates, driveway and yard gates on box section posts, and replacement hinges on existing gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 threaded bar with cast block, wrap-around strap, clamp bolt and nut, 50mm jointed plate with hex nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJointed plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm round, 4mm thick, 21mm long with the nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, 70mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStrap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor a 30mm round pin, 42mm outside, 57mm long, 34mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.71 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich wrap-around hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJointed plate, 30mm pin, 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJointed plate, 35mm pin, 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 wrap-around hinge with jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJointed plate, 40mm pin, 1000kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m30\"\u003eM30 wrap-around hinge with jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld a nut to a steel post, 30mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m20-1\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolt to a brick pier or wall, 30mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-wrap-around-hinge-100-x-100mm\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge with 100mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom, with a 30mm round hinge pin fixed to the gate at each height. On a steel post you can weld the jointed plate flat to the post face, with the bar screwed through its nut. Or drill a 21 to 22mm hole through the post, pass the bar through and fit the jointed plate and nut on the far face, with a second M20 nut and washer (not supplied) on the near face to lock it. Stand the gate on packers, wrap each strap round its pin with the clamp bolt fitted, set the gate level with an even gap, tighten everything hard and remove the packers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin inside the strap once a year and check the nuts and clamp bolts each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the hinge pin included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The strap wraps round a 30mm round pin fixed to the gate, which is bought separately or made up by your fabricator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit a round post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The jointed plate is made to sit square on round tube and uneven faces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 500kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 500kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57877998436739,"sku":"SSHF-927939-01","price":31.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m20-jointed-plate-fitted-school-gate.jpg?v=1794050040"},{"product_id":"adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m24-1","title":"Adjustable Wrap-Around Gate Hinge M24 with Weld-On Nut, for 35mm Pin, Gates to 700kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavy duty adjustable wrap-around gate hinge with a weld-on nut, for heavier steel gates on steel posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e The round flanged nut welds to the face of the steel post. A thick M24 threaded bar screws into it and ends in a cast block with a flat steel strap that wraps round a 35mm round hinge pin on the gate. Screw the bar in or out to bring the gate in or out and level it, lock it, and take the gate off by undoing one clamp bolt. Rated for gates up to 700kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m24-weld-on-nut-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M24 wrap-around gate hinge with weld-on nut: 152mm overall, 80mm thread, strap for a 35mm pin, 35mm flanged nut\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeat on steel posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e Only the small flanged nut is welded to the post, so there is no plate to fit and nothing to drill through the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bar screws in and out of the nut on an 80mm thread, so you can move the gate in or out and level it, now or years later as the gate settles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWrap-around strap.\u003c\/strong\u003e The strap clamps round a 35mm round pin and turns on it, a strong, simple pivot that takes the gate off easily when the clamp bolt is undone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 700kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e A thicker M24 bar and 35mm pin: two hinges carry wide driveway gates, estate gates and heavy yard gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWide steel driveway and estate gates, heavy yard and farm gates, industrial gates on box section posts, and gates being re-hung where an older hinge has worn out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24 threaded bar with cast block, wrap-around strap, clamp bolt and nut, flanged weld-on nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld-on nut\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24, 35mm flange 5mm thick, 28mm body, 24mm long overall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24, 80mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e152mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStrap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor a 35mm round pin, 46mm outside, 65mm long, 40mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 700kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.93 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich wrap-around hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on nut, 30mm pin, 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m20-1\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on nut, 35mm pin, 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on nut, 40mm pin, 1000kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m30-1\"\u003eM30 wrap-around hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo pass through a post, 35mm pin, 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 wrap-around hinge with jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom, with a 35mm round hinge pin fixed to the gate at each height. Screw each bar into its nut, stand the gate on packers in the opening and wrap each strap round its pin with the clamp bolt fitted. Hold the nuts flat against the post in a vertical line, tack weld them, check the swing, then weld right round. Set the bars so the gate hangs level with an even gap and lock them. Paint the welds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin inside the strap once a year and check the clamp bolts each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the hinge pin included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The strap wraps round a 35mm round pin fixed to the gate, which is bought separately or made up by your fabricator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it on a brick pier?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the nut must be welded to steel. For brick, stone or timber choose the version with a bolt-on back plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 700kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 700kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57877952561539,"sku":"SSHF-335811-01","price":37.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m24-weld-on-nut-fitted-estate-gate.jpg?v=1794049685"},{"product_id":"adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m30-1","title":"Adjustable Wrap-Around Gate Hinge M30 with Weld-On Nut, for 40mm Pin, Gates to 1000kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe heaviest adjustable wrap-around gate hinge in the range, with a weld-on nut, for very heavy steel gates on steel posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e The round flanged nut welds to the face of the steel post. A thick M30 threaded bar screws into it and ends in a cast block with a flat steel strap that wraps round a 40mm round hinge pin on the gate. Screw the bar in or out to bring the gate in or out and level it, lock it, and take the gate off by undoing one clamp bolt. Rated for gates up to 1000kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m30-weld-on-nut-dimensions.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M30 wrap-around gate hinge with weld-on nut: 170mm overall, 94mm thread, strap for a 40mm pin, 44mm flanged nut\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeat on steel posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e Only the small flanged nut is welded to the post, so there is no plate to fit and nothing to drill through the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bar screws in and out of the nut on a 94mm thread, so you can move the gate in or out and level it, now or years later as the gate settles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWrap-around strap.\u003c\/strong\u003e The strap clamps round a 40mm round pin and turns on it, a strong, simple pivot that takes the gate off easily when the clamp bolt is undone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 1000kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e A massive M30 bar and 40mm pin: two hinges carry wide security gates, industrial and estate gates and solid-clad gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy industrial and security gates, wide estate and driveway gates, solid-clad and acoustic gates, and large farm gates on heavy steel posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM30 threaded bar with cast block, wrap-around strap, clamp bolt and nut, flanged weld-on nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld-on nut\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM30, 44mm flange 9mm thick, 37mm body, 32mm long overall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM30, 94mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStrap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor a 40mm round pin, 52mm outside, 75mm long, 45mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1000kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.46 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich wrap-around hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on nut, 30mm pin, 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m20-1\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on nut, 35mm pin, 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m24-1\"\u003eM24 wrap-around hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on nut, 40mm pin, 1000kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo pass through a post, 40mm pin, 1000kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m30\"\u003eM30 wrap-around hinge with jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom, with a 40mm round hinge pin fixed to the gate at each height. Screw each bar into its nut, stand the gate on packers in the opening and wrap each strap round its pin with the clamp bolt fitted. Hold the nuts flat against the post in a vertical line, tack weld them, check the swing, then weld right round. Set the bars so the gate hangs level with an even gap and lock them. Paint the welds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin inside the strap once a year and check the clamp bolts each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the hinge pin included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The strap wraps round a 40mm round pin fixed to the gate, which is bought separately or made up by your fabricator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it on a brick pier?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the nut must be welded to steel. For brick, stone or timber choose the version with a bolt-on back plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 1000kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 1000kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57877904523651,"sku":"SSHF-532419-01","price":41.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m30-weld-on-nut-fitted-industrial-gate.jpg?v=1794049506"},{"product_id":"adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m20-1","title":"Adjustable Wrap-Around Gate Hinge M20 with Weld-On Nut, for 30mm Pin, Gates to 500kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavy adjustable wrap-around gate hinge with a weld-on nut, for steel gates on steel posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e The round flanged nut welds to the face of the steel post. A thick M20 threaded bar screws into it and ends in a cast block with a flat steel strap that wraps round a 30mm round hinge pin on the gate. Screw the bar in or out to bring the gate in or out and level it, lock it, and take the gate off by undoing one clamp bolt. Rated for gates up to 500kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m20-weld-on-nut-dimensions.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M20 wrap-around gate hinge with weld-on nut: 130mm overall, 70mm thread, strap for a 30mm pin, 35mm flanged nut\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeat on steel posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e Only the small flanged nut is welded to the post, so there is no plate to fit and nothing to drill through the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bar screws in and out of the nut on a 70mm thread, so you can move the gate in or out and level it, now or years later as the gate settles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWrap-around strap.\u003c\/strong\u003e The strap clamps round a 30mm round pin and turns on it, a strong, simple pivot that takes the gate off easily when the clamp bolt is undone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 500kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry driveway gates, yard gates and heavy pedestrian gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel driveway and yard gates on box section or tube posts, farm and industrial gates, and gates being re-hung where an older hinge has worn out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 threaded bar with cast block, wrap-around strap, clamp bolt and nut, flanged weld-on nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld-on nut\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, 35mm flange 6mm thick, 28mm body, 20mm long overall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, 70mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStrap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor a 30mm round pin, 42mm outside, 57mm long, 34mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.64 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich wrap-around hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo weld a nut to a steel post, 30mm pin, 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo bolt to a post or wall, 30mm pin, 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-wrap-around-hinge-100-x-100mm\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge with 100mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo pass through a post, 30mm pin, 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m20\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge with jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavier gates, 35mm pin, weld-on nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m24-1\"\u003eM24 wrap-around hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVery heavy gates, weld-on nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m30-1\"\u003eM30 wrap-around hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom, with a 30mm round hinge pin fixed to the gate at each height. Screw each bar into its nut, stand the gate on packers in the opening and wrap each strap round its pin with the clamp bolt fitted. Hold the nuts flat against the post in a vertical line, tack weld them, check the swing, then weld right round. Set the bars so the gate hangs level with an even gap and lock them. Paint the welds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin inside the strap once a year and check the clamp bolts each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the hinge pin included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The strap wraps round a 30mm round pin fixed to the gate, which is bought separately or made up by your fabricator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it on a brick pier?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the nut must be welded to steel. For brick, stone or timber choose the version with a bolt-on back plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 500kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 500kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57877875523971,"sku":"SSHF-187779-01","price":29.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m20-weld-on-nut-fitted-farm-gate.jpg?v=1794049311"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-hinge-m20","title":"316 Stainless Steel Adjustable Weld-On Hinge, M20, Heavy Duty, for Stainless Gates","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe heavy duty adjustable weld-on hinge in the range, made entirely from 316 marine grade stainless steel, for larger stainless gates and doors.\u003c\/strong\u003e A folded stainless U bracket welds to the post and carries a square pivot block on a 14mm stainless pin. An M20 stainless bolt runs from the block into a flanged, threaded boss that welds to the gate. Screw the bolt in or out of the boss to set the gap before welding, and the gate turns smoothly on the pin. Nothing to rust, nothing to paint. The price is for one hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/stainless-adjustable-weld-on-hinge-m20-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 316 stainless adjustable weld-on hinge M20: 40mm U bracket, 14mm pin, 46mm thread, 30mm flanged boss\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll 316 stainless.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bracket, block, bolt, pin and boss are all marine grade stainless, so the hinge matches your stainless gate and will not rust by the sea, at a pool or in a wash-down area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSet the gap exactly.\u003c\/strong\u003e The M20 bolt screws into the weld-on boss, so you can set the gap between gate and post before welding, with no packing pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy duty.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 5mm thick bracket, 14mm pin and M20 bolt for wider and heavier stainless gates, driveway gates and doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReplaceable pin.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 14mm pin is held by a small stainless screw and can be replaced if it ever wears.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStainless driveway and estate gates, wide pedestrian gates, coastal and marina gates, heavy stainless doors and hatches, and gates in food, chemical and marine settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU bracket, 14mm pin with retaining screw, pivot block with M20 bolt, threaded weld-on boss\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 stainless steel throughout, satin finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm deep, 37mm wide, 28mm tall, 5mm plate; 50mm over the pin heads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePivot block\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm square, 23mm pin heads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, 46mm thread; 86mm overall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld-on boss\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm flange, 6mm thick; 24mm body, 14mm long; threaded M20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.86 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich stainless adjustable hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight stainless gates and doors, M12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge\"\u003e316 stainless adjustable hinge M12\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium stainless gates, M16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge-m16-thread\"\u003e316 stainless adjustable hinge M16\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavier stainless gates, M20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew-on hinge for 42.4mm round tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-gate-hinge\"\u003e316 stainless hinge for 42.4mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Screw the bolt into the boss to give the gap you want. Stand the gate on packers in the opening, hold each hinge with the U bracket against the post and the boss flange against the gate stile, and check the pins are in one vertical line. Tack weld with stainless filler, lift the gate off to check the swing, then weld out. Clean and passivate the welds to keep them rust-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with fresh water near the sea or a pool. A drop of light oil on the pin keeps it quiet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I weld it to mild steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made for stainless gates. Welding stainless to mild steel needs the right filler and the mild steel must be painted; we recommend stainless posts and gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57846836003203,"sku":"SSHF-475459-01","price":32.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/stainless-adjustable-weld-on-hinge-m20-welded-driveway-gate.jpg?v=1794048898"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-hinge-m16-thread","title":"316 Stainless Steel Adjustable Weld-On Hinge, M16, for Stainless Gates and Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA medium size adjustable weld-on hinge made entirely from 316 marine grade stainless steel, for stainless pedestrian gates, pool gates and doors.\u003c\/strong\u003e A folded stainless U bracket welds to the post and carries a square pivot block on an 11mm stainless pin. An M16 stainless bolt runs from the block into a flanged, threaded boss that welds to the gate. Screw the bolt in or out of the boss to set the gap before welding, and the gate turns smoothly on the pin. Nothing to rust, nothing to paint. The price is for one hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/stainless-adjustable-weld-on-hinge-m16-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 316 stainless adjustable weld-on hinge M16: 30mm U bracket, 11mm pin, 48mm thread, 26mm flanged boss\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll 316 stainless.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bracket, block, bolt, pin and boss are all marine grade stainless, so the hinge matches your stainless gate and will not rust by the sea, at a pool or in a wash-down area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSet the gap exactly.\u003c\/strong\u003e The M16 bolt screws into the weld-on boss, so you can set the gap between gate and post before welding, with no packing pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStronger M16 bolt.\u003c\/strong\u003e A heavier bolt and pin than the M12 size, with 48mm of thread for more adjustment, while still keeping a neat, modern look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReplaceable pin.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 11mm pin is held by a small stainless screw and can be replaced if it ever wears.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStainless pedestrian and garden gates, balustrade and handrail gates, swimming pool and spa gates, coastal and marina gates, and stainless doors and hatches in food and marine settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU bracket, 11mm pin with retaining screw, pivot block with M16 bolt, threaded weld-on boss\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 stainless steel throughout, satin finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm deep, 27mm wide, 25mm tall, 3mm plate; 37mm over the pin heads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePivot block\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19mm square, 18mm pin heads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16, 48mm thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld-on boss\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26mm flange, 5mm thick; 20mm body, 15mm long; threaded M16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.22 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich stainless adjustable hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight stainless gates and doors, M12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge\"\u003e316 stainless adjustable hinge M12\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium stainless gates, M16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavier stainless gates, M20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge-m20\"\u003e316 stainless adjustable hinge M20\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew-on hinge for 42.4mm round tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-gate-hinge\"\u003e316 stainless hinge for 42.4mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Screw the bolt into the boss to give the gap you want. Stand the gate on packers in the opening, hold each hinge with the U bracket against the post and the boss flange against the gate stile, and check the pins are in one vertical line. Tack weld with stainless filler, lift the gate off to check the swing, then weld out. Clean and passivate the welds to keep them rust-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with fresh water near the sea or a pool. A drop of light oil on the pin keeps it quiet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I weld it to mild steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made for stainless gates. Welding stainless to mild steel needs the right filler and the mild steel must be painted; we recommend stainless posts and gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57846720856451,"sku":"SSHF-540995-01","price":29.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/stainless-adjustable-weld-on-hinge-m16-welded-pool-gate.jpg?v=1794048736"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-hinge","title":"316 Stainless Steel Adjustable Weld-On Hinge, M12, for Stainless Gates and Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA compact adjustable weld-on hinge made entirely from 316 marine grade stainless steel, for stainless gates, balustrade gates and doors.\u003c\/strong\u003e A folded stainless U bracket welds to the post and carries a square pivot block on a 10mm stainless pin. An M12 stainless bolt runs from the block into a flanged, threaded boss that welds to the gate. Screw the bolt in or out of the boss to set the gap before welding, and the gate turns smoothly on the pin. Nothing to rust, nothing to paint. The price is for one hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/stainless-adjustable-weld-on-hinge-m12-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 316 stainless adjustable weld-on hinge M12: 25mm U bracket, 10mm pin, 35mm thread, 24mm flanged boss\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll 316 stainless.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bracket, block, bolt, pin and boss are all marine grade stainless, so the hinge matches your stainless gate and will not rust by the sea, at a pool or in a wash-down area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSet the gap exactly.\u003c\/strong\u003e The M12 bolt screws into the weld-on boss, so you can set the gap between gate and post before welding, with no packing pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeat and small.\u003c\/strong\u003e Only 25mm wide, so it suits slim stainless sections and keeps a clean, modern look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReplaceable pin.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 10mm pin is held by a small stainless screw and can be replaced if it ever wears.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStainless pedestrian and garden gates, balustrade and handrail gates, swimming pool and spa gates, coastal and marina gates, and stainless doors and hatches in food and marine settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU bracket, 10mm pin with retaining screw, pivot block with M12 bolt, threaded weld-on boss\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 stainless steel throughout, satin finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm deep, 25mm tall, 3mm plate; 34mm over the pin heads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePivot block\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17mm square, 14mm pin heads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM12, 35mm thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld-on boss\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24mm flange, 5mm thick; 18mm body, 10mm long; threaded M12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.31 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich stainless adjustable hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight stainless gates and doors, M12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium stainless gates, M16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge-m16-thread\"\u003e316 stainless adjustable hinge M16\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavier stainless gates, M20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge-m20\"\u003e316 stainless adjustable hinge M20\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew-on hinge for 42.4mm round tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-gate-hinge\"\u003e316 stainless hinge for 42.4mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Screw the bolt into the boss to give the gap you want. Stand the gate on packers in the opening, hold each hinge with the U bracket against the post and the boss flange against the gate stile, and check the pins are in one vertical line. Tack weld with stainless filler, lift the gate off to check the swing, then weld out. Clean and passivate the welds to keep them rust-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with fresh water near the sea or a pool. A drop of light oil on the pin keeps it quiet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I weld it to mild steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made for stainless gates. Welding stainless to mild steel needs the right filler and the mild steel must be painted; we recommend stainless posts and gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57846617702787,"sku":"SSHF-803139-01","price":25.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/stainless-adjustable-weld-on-hinge-m12-welded-stainless-gate.jpg?v=1794048580"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-barrel-hinge-m20-230mm","title":"Adjustable Barrel Hinge M20, 230mm Cranked Pin, Weld-On Barrel, Ball Bearing, for Gates to 500kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn adjustable barrel hinge for heavier steel gates that you can set in and out after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e A black painted M20 threaded bar is cranked at a right angle into a 40mm pin, which drops into a black weld-on barrel with a steel ball bearing inside and a grease nipple underneath. Weld the barrel to the post, pass the threaded arm through a hole in the gate stile and lock it with the nuts and washers supplied. Wind the nuts along the 190mm thread to close up or open the gap and bring the gate square. 230mm overall and rated for gates up to 500kg on a pair. The price is for one hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-barrel-hinge-m20-230mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M20 adjustable barrel hinge: 230mm overall, 190mm thread, 40mm pin, 34mm barrel 75mm tall, 38 x 86mm weld leaf\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable.\u003c\/strong\u003e The long 190mm M20 thread gives plenty of reach for wide gaps and lets you move the gate in or out after it is hung, so you can take up a sagging leaf or a post that has moved without cutting anything off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBall bearing and grease nipple.\u003c\/strong\u003e The pin turns on a steel ball in the barrel, so the gate swings lightly, and you can grease it from underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOnly one part to weld.\u003c\/strong\u003e The barrel welds to the post; the gate simply bolts on through a drilled hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift-off.\u003c\/strong\u003e The gate lifts off the barrels when you need to take it down for painting or repair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel driveway and yard gates, heavy pedestrian and railings gates, gates with a wide gap to the post, and agricultural and service gates on steel posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCranked threaded pin, weld-on barrel with ball bearing and grease nipple, two nuts and two washers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, 230mm overall, 190mm of thread, 40mm pin, black painted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarrel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34mm across, 75mm tall, black painted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld leaf\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38mm wide, 86mm tall, 9mm thick; 44mm over barrel and leaf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500kg on a pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich barrel hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable, M20, gates to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable, M16, lighter gates to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-barrel-hinge-m16-130mm\"\u003eM16 adjustable barrel hinge 130mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed weld-on barrel hinge, compact\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-barrel-hinge-120mm\"\u003e120mm barrel hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed weld-on barrel hinge for heavy gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-barrel-hinge-170mm\"\u003e170mm heavy barrel hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill a 21 to 22mm hole through the gate stile for each threaded arm. Stand the gate on packers in the opening, fit the pins through the stile with a nut and washer either side, drop the barrels onto the pins and hold them against the post. Check the barrels are in one vertical line, tack them to the post, lift the gate off to check the swing, then weld out. Set the gap with the nuts and tighten them hard. Grease through the nipples and paint the welds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease through the nipple every six months and check the lock nuts are tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich part welds to which?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe barrel welds to the post. The threaded arm bolts through the gate stile.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57845472526723,"sku":"SSHF-466243-01","price":20.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-barrel-hinge-m20-230mm-fitted-driveway-gate.jpg?v=1794048184"},{"product_id":"adjustable-barrel-hinge-m16-130mm","title":"Adjustable Barrel Hinge M16, 130mm Cranked Pin, Weld-On Barrel, Ball Bearing, Greaseable","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn adjustable barrel hinge for steel gates that you can set in and out after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e A black painted M16 threaded bar is cranked at a right angle into a 30mm pin, which drops into a black weld-on barrel with a steel ball bearing inside and a grease nipple underneath. Weld the barrel to the post, pass the threaded arm through a hole in the gate stile and lock it with the nuts and washers supplied. Wind the nuts along the 103mm thread to close up or open the gap and bring the gate square. 130mm overall and rated for gates up to 300kg on a pair. The price is for one hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-barrel-hinge-m16-130mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M16 adjustable barrel hinge: 130mm overall, 103mm thread, 30mm pin, 25mm barrel 50mm tall, 28 x 60mm weld leaf\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable.\u003c\/strong\u003e The long M16 thread lets you move the gate in or out after it is hung, so you can take up a sagging leaf or a post that has moved without cutting anything off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBall bearing and grease nipple.\u003c\/strong\u003e The pin turns on a steel ball in the barrel, so the gate swings lightly, and you can grease it from underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOnly one part to weld.\u003c\/strong\u003e The barrel welds to the post; the gate simply bolts on through a drilled hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift-off.\u003c\/strong\u003e The gate lifts off the barrels when you need to take it down for painting or repair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel pedestrian, garden and side gates, railings gates, small driveway gates and service gates on steel posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCranked threaded pin, weld-on barrel with ball bearing and grease nipple, two nuts and two washers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16, 130mm overall, 103mm of thread, 30mm pin, black painted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarrel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm across, 50mm tall, black painted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld leaf\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28mm wide, 60mm tall, 10mm thick; 36mm over barrel and leaf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300kg on a pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.54 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich barrel hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable, M16, gates to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable, M20, longer reach for heavier gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-barrel-hinge-m20-230mm\"\u003eM20 adjustable barrel hinge 230mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed weld-on barrel hinge, compact\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-barrel-hinge-120mm\"\u003e120mm barrel hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed weld-on barrel hinge for heavy gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-barrel-hinge-170mm\"\u003e170mm heavy barrel hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill a 17 to 18mm hole through the gate stile for each threaded arm. Stand the gate on packers in the opening, fit the pins through the stile with a nut and washer either side, drop the barrels onto the pins and hold them against the post. Check the barrels are in one vertical line, tack them to the post, lift the gate off to check the swing, then weld out. Set the gap with the nuts and tighten them hard. Grease through the nipples and paint the welds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease through the nipple every six months and check the lock nuts are tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs there a minimum order?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, 6 hinges, enough for three gate leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich part welds to which?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe barrel welds to the post. The threaded arm bolts through the gate stile.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57845456470403,"sku":"SSHF-662851-01","price":14.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-barrel-hinge-m16-130mm-fitted-steel-gate.jpg?v=1794048035"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-wooden-gate-hinge-300x300mm","title":"Heavy Duty Adjustable Wooden Gate Hinge M24, 300 x 300mm Strap, Top Right Hand, 700kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavy, adjustable hinge for timber gates that need to stay square for years.\u003c\/strong\u003e This hinge has a 300 x 300mm L-shaped strap that spreads the load along both the top rail and the hanging stile of the gate, a post plate with a pivot knuckle, and a thick M24 threaded pin that lets you wind the gate in or out after it is hung. It is rated for gates up to 700kg. This is the top right-hand hinge, which also fits bottom left, so you need one of these and one \u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-wooden-gate-hinge-300x300mm-top-left\"\u003eleft-hand hinge\u003c\/a\u003e for each gate leaf. The price shown is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-300x300-top-right-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M24 adjustable gate hinge: 300 x 300mm strap 50mm wide, 80 x 150mm post plate, M24 pin 190mm overall, and a diagram of which hand it fits\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe L strap stops sag.\u003c\/strong\u003e A straight strap only holds the top rail. This strap also runs 300mm down the hanging stile, so it braces the corner of the gate and keeps it from dropping at the far end, the most common fault on heavy timber gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e The M24 pin passes through the bracket at the corner of the strap with a nut on each side. Turn the nuts to move the gate in towards the post or out from it, so you can line up the closing edge and the latch without taking the gate down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for big gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 24mm pin, a 50mm wide strap and an 80 x 150mm post plate give a hinge rated for gates up to 700kg, enough for driveway gates and field gates in heavy timber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e The strap and post plate come in a black satin finish, and the pin, nuts and washers are zinc plated, so there is nothing to paint before you hang the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hand do I need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStand on the side of the gate where the hinge straps will be fixed and look at the hanging post. This hinge, the top right hand, goes at the top of a gate hung on the right-hand post. Turned over, the same hinge goes at the bottom of a gate hung on the left-hand post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour gate, seen from the strap side\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne gate hung on the right-hand post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 of this hinge (top) and 1 left-hand hinge (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne gate hung on the left-hand post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 left-hand hinge (top) and 1 of this hinge (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA pair of gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 of this hinge and 2 left-hand hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder the matching \u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-wooden-gate-hinge-300x300mm-top-left\"\u003eM24 300 x 300mm left-hand hinge\u003c\/a\u003e with this one. Both hands are the same size and finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClose-boarded and framed timber driveway gates, side and garden gates, field and farm gates, yard and paddock gates, and heavy timber doors on garages, barns and stables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge: L strap, post plate with pivot, M24 pin, 2 nuts and 2 washers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop right, also fits bottom left\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStrap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 x 300mm L, 50mm wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStrap holes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 along the top arm, 2 down the side arm, at 123mm spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 x 150mm, 4 holes at 50 x 120mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24, 140mm thread, 190mm overall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack satin strap and plate, zinc-plated pin, nuts and washers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum gate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.11 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe right-hand L strap hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe matching left-hand hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-wooden-gate-hinge-300x300mm-top-left\"\u003eWooden gate hinge M24, 300 x 300mm, top left hand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA shorter straight strap for smaller gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-wooden-gate-hinge-220-x-100mm\"\u003eWooden gate hinge M24, 220 x 100mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAn M24 hinge to weld to a metal gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24\"\u003eAdjustable gate hinge M24 with 120 x 120mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit the post plates first, one near the top and one near the bottom of the post, using heavy coach bolts through the post or coach screws sized to the holes. Thread the nuts onto each pin, drop the strap brackets over the pins and screw the straps along the gate rails and up the stile. Set the gap at the post, then tighten the nuts against the bracket on each side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo adjust later, slacken one nut, turn the other to move the gate in or out, then lock both again. Check the nuts each spring, and put a drop of oil on the pivots so the gate swings freely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete hinge with its strap, post plate, pin, nuts and washers. Each gate leaf needs two hinges: one of this hand and one left hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use two of these on one gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot on the same side. Two right-hand hinges would put the bottom strap the wrong way up, running down off the gate. Use one of this hinge and one left-hand hinge on each leaf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre screws and bolts included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose coach bolts or coach screws to suit your post and gate timber and the hole size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow heavy a gate will it carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is rated for gates up to 700kg. The posts must be strong and well set to carry that weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57840348397955,"sku":"SSHF-842499-01","price":47.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-300x300-top-right-on-gate.jpg?v=1794011866"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-wooden-gate-hinge-220-x-100mm","title":"Adjustable Field Gate Hinge, M24 Pin, 220 x 80mm Strap, Bolt-On, for Timber Gates","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn adjustable bolt-on hinge for heavy timber field and farm gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e A black steel strap plate, 220mm overall and 80mm wide, fixes to the heel of the gate with four screws or coach bolts. Its rolled knuckle turns on a galvanised M24 threaded pin, which screws into a 150 x 100mm black steel post plate and locks with two nuts and a washer. Screw the pin in or out to set the gap between gate and post, and use the slotted holes in the post plate to bring the gate level. The price is for one hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-field-gate-hinge-m24-220x80-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the adjustable field gate hinge: strap plate 220 x 80mm, 150mm to the pivot, M24 pin 70mm, post plate 150 x 100mm with slots at 60 x 119mm centres\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjusts after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Wind the M24 pin in or out to close up or open the gap at the post, and slide the post plate on its slotted holes to correct a dropped or leaning gate without taking it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding, no drilling through the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both plates screw or bolt to the face of the timber, so it suits new gates and replacement work on existing posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy gauge.\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild steel plates with a solid M24 pin, rated by the supplier for gates up to 700kg. About 2.04 kg per hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeather resistant.\u003c\/strong\u003e Black finished plates with a galvanised pin, nuts and washer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTimber five-bar and field gates, farm and paddock gates, estate and driveway gates in wood, and stable yard gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrap plate with knuckle, M24 threaded pin, post plate, two nuts and a washer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStrap plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220mm overall, 80mm wide, 150mm from the end to the pivot, four holes at 70 x 50mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24, galvanised, 70mm from pivot to end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 x 100mm, four 22 x 12mm slots at 60 x 119mm centres, 30mm boss\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel, black finish; galvanised pin and nuts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 700kg (supplier's figure)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 2.04 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich wooden gate hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable bolt-on hinge with a plate both sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA larger 300 x 300mm hinge for heavy timber gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-wooden-gate-hinge-300x300mm\"\u003eWooden gate hinge 300 x 300mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA simple weld-on flag hinge for steel gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-flag-hinge-16mm-diameter\"\u003eFlag hinge, 16mm pin\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate, one near the top rail and one near the bottom rail. Stand the gate on packers in the open position, screw or coach bolt the post plates to the face of the post, wind the pins in to roughly the right gap and fit the strap plates over them. Fix the strap plates to the heel of the gate, then set the gap with the pins, level the gate on the slots, and tighten the lock nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the knuckle and check the lock nuts and fixings each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gates need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it on a steel gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made for timber, but the plates can be bolted to steel posts and gates with suitable bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. Turn it over to suit either hand of gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat fixings do I need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eCoach screws or coach bolts to suit the holes, chosen for the size of your post and gate. They are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57840321331587,"sku":"SSHF-006339-01","price":36.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-field-gate-hinge-m24-220x80-fitted-field-gate.jpg?v=1794047676"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-hinge-pair","title":"Bolt-On 180° Adjustable Gate Hinges, M16, Black (Pair)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA pair of bolt-on 180 degree adjustable gate hinges, for steel box section gates where you cannot or do not want to weld.\u003c\/strong\u003e A black aluminium U clamp bolts to the face of the post and holds the eye of a hot-dip galvanised M16 eyebolt. The bolt runs across to a black slotted bracket that bolts to the gate stile. After hanging you can raise or lower the gate by up to 15mm and move it in or out by up to 25mm, and the same hinges suit left or right hand gates. The gate opens right back to 180 degrees. The price is for a pair, enough for one gate leaf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/bolt-on-180-degree-adjustable-gate-hinge-black-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the bolt-on 180 degree adjustable gate hinge: M16 eyebolt 110mm from pivot to bolt end, 50mm U clamp, 46 x 70mm gate bracket, fixing holes 25mm and 30mm apart\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose these hinges\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both halves bolt on, so there is no hot work on site, no ground-off coating and no welds to paint. Fit them to new gates or swap them onto existing powder coated gates without damaging the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo ways to fix.\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the expanding inserts supplied for a blind fixing from one side of the box section, or bolt straight through the post and stile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHard to tamper with.\u003c\/strong\u003e The eyebolt and cross bolt are a vandal-resistant design, so the gate is hard to lift off or loosen once it is hung.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after fitting.\u003c\/strong\u003e 15mm up and down and 25mm in and out, so you can set the gate square and correct it later if the post moves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpens to 180 degrees.\u003c\/strong\u003e The gate folds right back against the fence line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere they are used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian and garden gates, school, park and playground gates, mesh panel and bar gates in square box section, and replacement hinges on finished powder coated gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA pair (two complete hinges)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEach hinge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU clamp, M16 eyebolt with nuts and washers, slotted gate bracket, cross bolt, fixing bolts and expanding inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEyebolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16, hot-dip galvanised, 110mm from pivot to bolt end, 85mm thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU clamp\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium, black RAL 9005, 50mm wide, 46.5mm high, 45mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium, black RAL 9005, 46mm wide, 70mm long, slotted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing holes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost: two side by side, 25mm apart. Gate: two one above the other, 30mm apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 degrees, left or right hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 2m wide; maker's rating 200kg on a pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.63 kg the pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 180 degree hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo welding, M16, sold as a pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThese hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on, adjusts four ways, M16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-4-way-adjustment-hinge-eyebolt-m16\"\u003e4-way adjustable hinge, M16\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy gates up to 400kg, M20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge-with-m20-eyebolt\"\u003e4-way adjustable hinge, M20\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolt-on with sealed bearings, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-180-hinge-1\"\u003eBolt-on double bearing hinge, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA gate that closes itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-180-degree-self-closing-gate-hinge\"\u003e180 degree self-closing hinge and closer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the pair on one gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Mark and drill two holes side by side, 25mm apart, in the face of the post for each U clamp, and two holes one above the other, 30mm apart, in the gate stile for each bracket. Fix with the expanding inserts or bolt right through. Fit the eyebolts in the clamps, pass them through the slotted brackets with a nut and washer either side, stand the gate on packers and set the height and gap. Tighten everything and fit the cross bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the eye and check the nuts and fixing bolts each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge or two?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo. You get a pair, enough to hang one gate leaf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld anything?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Both parts bolt on.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. The same hinges suit both.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill they fit a wide or heavy gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are for gates up to 2m wide. For heavier gates choose the M20 4-way hinge or call us with the gate size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57839274230147,"sku":"SSHF-968963-01","price":101.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/bolt-on-180-degree-adjustable-gate-hinge-black-fitted-office-gate.jpg?v=1794047460"}],"url":"https:\/\/industrialsuppliesco.co.uk\/collections\/sc-adjustable-hinges.oembed?page=3","provider":"industrialsuppliesco.co.uk","version":"1.0","type":"link"}